UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
FORM 10-K
 
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the fiscal year ended: December 31, 2017
 
Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
 
North Carolina
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation)
 
000-27205
56-2132396
(Commission File No.)
(IRS Employer Identification No.)
 
518 West C Street, Newton, North Carolina
28658
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
(Zip Code)
 
(828) 464-5620
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Common Stock, no par value
(title of class)
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
 
Yes
 ☐
 
No
 ☒
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
 
Yes
 ☐
 
No
 ☒
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
 
Yes
 ☒
 
No
 ☐
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). 
 
Yes
 ☒
 
No
 ☐
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers in response to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference inPart III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    ☐
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company.
Large Accelerated Filer
 
Accelerated Filer
 
Non-Accelerated Filer
 
Smaller Reporting Company
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
 
Yes
 ☐
 
No
 ☒
 
State the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at which the common equity was last sold, or the average bid and asked prices of such common equity, as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter. $132,203,074 based on the closing price of such common stock on June 30, 2017, which was $28.73 per share.
 
Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant's classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.
5,995,256 shares of common stock, outstanding at February 28, 2018.
 
 
 
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
Portions of the Annual Report of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2017 (the “Annual Report”), which will be included as Appendix A to the Proxy Statement for the 2018 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, are incorporated by reference into Part II and included as Exhibit 13 to this Form 10-K.
 
Portions of the Proxy Statement for the 2018 Annual Meeting of Shareholders of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. to be held on May 3, 2018 (the “Proxy Statement”), are incorporated by reference into Part III.
 
 
 
This report contains certain forward-looking statements with respect to the financial condition, results of operations and business of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. (the “Company”). These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties and are based on the beliefs and assumptions of management of the Company and on the information available to management at the time that these disclosures were prepared. These statements can be identified by the use of words like “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate” and “believe,” variations of these words and other similar expressions. Readers should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements as a number of important factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially include, but are not limited to, (1) competition in the markets served by Peoples Bank, (2) changes in the interest rate environment, (3) general national, regional or local economic conditions may be less favorable than expected, resulting in, among other things, a deterioration in credit quality and the possible impairment of collectibility of loans, (4) legislative or regulatory changes, including changes in accounting standards, (5) significant changes in the federal and state legal and regulatory environment and tax laws, (6) the impact of changes in monetary and fiscal policies, laws, rules and regulations and (7) other risks and factors identified in the Company’s other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Company undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statements.
 
 
2
 
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.
FORM 10-K CROSS REFERENCE INDEX
 
 
2017 Form
10-K
Notice of 2018
Annual Meeting,
Proxy Statement
and Annual Report
 
Page
Page
PART I
 
Item 1 - Business
4 - 11
N/A
Item 1A - Risk Factors
11 - 18
N/A
Item 1B - Unresolved Staff Comments
18
N/A
Item 2 - Properties
19
N/A
Item 3 - Legal Proceedings
19
N/A
Item 4 - Mine Safety Disclosures
19
N/A
 
 
 
PART II
 
 
Item 5 - Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
20 - 22
N/A
Item 6 - Selected Financial Data
22
A-3
Item 7 - Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
23
A-4 - A-23
Item 7A - Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
23
A-22 - A-23
Item 8 - Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
23
A-24 - A-66
Item 9 - Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
23
N/A
Item 9A - Controls and Procedures
23 - 24
N/A
Item 9B - Other Information
24
N/A
 
 
 
PART III
 
 
Item 10 - Directors and Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
24
A-67
Item 11 - Executive Compensation
24
14 - 24
Item 12 - Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
24 - 25
5 - 7
Item 13 - Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence
25
11 and 27
Item 14 - Principal Accountant Fees and Services
25
30
 
 
 
PART IV
 
 
Item 15 - Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
26 - 29
N/A
 
 
 
Signatures
30
N/A
 
 
3
 
 
PART I
 
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
 
General
 
Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. (“Bancorp”), was formed in 1999 to serve as the holding company for Peoples Bank (the “Bank”). Bancorp is a bank holding company registered with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHCA”). Bancorp’s principal source of income is dividends declared and paid by the Bank on its capital stock, if any. Bancorp has no operations and conducts no business of its own other than owning the Bank. Accordingly, the discussion of the business which follows concerns the business conducted by the Bank, unless otherwise indicated. Bancorp and its wholly owned subsidiary, the Bank, along with the Bank’s wholly owned subsidiaries are collectively called the “Company”.
 
The Bank, founded in 1912, is a state-chartered commercial bank serving the citizens and business interests of the Catawba Valley and surrounding communities through 19 banking offices, as of December 31, 2017, located in Lincolnton, Newton, Denver, Catawba, Conover, Maiden, Claremont, Hiddenite, Hickory, Charlotte, Cornelius, Mooresville and Raleigh, North Carolina. The Bank also operates loan production offices in Denver and Durham, North Carolina. At December 31, 2017, the Company had total assets of $1.1 billion, net loans of $753.4 million, deposits of $907.0 million, total securities of $231.2 million, and shareholders’ equity of $116.0 million.
 
The Bank operates three banking offices focused on the Latino population that were formerly operated as a division of the Bank under the name Banco de la Gente (“Banco”). These offices are now branded as Bank branches and considered a separate market territory of the Bank as they offer normal and customary banking services as are offered in the Bank’s other branches such as the taking of deposits and the making of loans.
 
The Bank has a diversified loan portfolio, with no foreign loans and few agricultural loans. Real estate loans are predominately variable rate and fixed rate commercial property loans, which include residential development loans to commercial customers. Commercial loans are spread throughout a variety of industries with no one particular industry or group of related industries accounting for a significant portion of the commercial loan portfolio. The majority of the Bank’s deposit and loan customers are individuals and small to medium-sized businesses located in the Bank’s market area. The Bank’s loan portfolio also includes Individual Taxpayer Identification Number (ITIN) mortgage loans generated thorough the Bank’s Banco offices. Additional discussion of the Bank’s loan portfolio and sources of funds for loans can be found in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” on pages A-4 through A-23 of the Annual Report, which is included in this Form 10-K as Exhibit (13).
 
The operations of the Bank and depository institutions in general are significantly influenced by general economic conditions and by related monetary and fiscal policies of depository institution regulatory agencies, including the Federal Reserve, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) and the North Carolina Commissioner of Banks (the “Commissioner”).
 
The Company’s fiscal year ends December 31. This Form 10-K is also being used as the Bank’s Annual Disclosure Statement under FDIC Regulations. This Form 10-K has not been reviewed, or confirmed for accuracy or relevance by the FDIC.
 
At December 31, 2017, the Company employed 302 full-time employees and 33 part-time employees, which equated to 326 full-time equivalent employees.
 
Subsidiaries
 
The Bank is a subsidiary of the Company. At December 31, 2017, the Bank had four subsidiaries, Peoples Investment Services, Inc., Real Estate Advisory Services, Inc., Community Bank Real Estate Solutions, LLC (“CBRES”) and PB Real Estate Holdings, LLC. Through a relationship with Raymond James Financial Services, Inc., Peoples Investment Services, Inc. provides the Bank’s customers access to investment counseling and non-deposit investment products such as stocks, bonds, mutual funds, tax deferred annuities, and related brokerage services. Real Estate Advisory Services, Inc. provides real estate appraisal and real estate brokerage services. CBRES serves as a “clearing-house” for appraisal services for community banks. Other banks are able to contract with CBRES to find and engage appropriate appraisal companies in the area where the property to be appraised is located. This type of service ensures that the appraisal process remains independent from the financing process within the Bank. PB Real Estate Holdings, LLC acquires, manages and disposes of real property, other collateral and other assets obtained in the ordinary course of collecting debts previously contracted.
 
 
4
 
 
In June 2006, the Company formed a wholly owned Delaware statutory trust, PEBK Capital Trust II (“PEBK Trust II”), which issued $20.0 million of guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in the Company’s junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures. All of the common securities of PEBK Trust II are owned by the Company. The proceeds from the issuance of the common securities and the trust preferred securities were used by PEBK Trust II to purchase $20.6 million of junior subordinated debentures of the Company, which pay a floating rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus 163 basis points. The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of the junior subordinated debentures were used in December 2006 to repay the trust preferred securities issued in December 2001 by PEBK Capital Trust, a wholly owned Delaware statutory trust of the Company, and for general purposes. The debentures represent the sole asset of PEBK Trust II. PEBK Trust II is not included in the consolidated financial statements.
 
The trust preferred securities issued by PEBK Trust II accrue and pay quarterly at a floating rate of three-month LIBOR plus 163 basis points. The Company has guaranteed distributions and other payments due on the trust preferred securities to the extent PEBK Trust II does not have funds with which to make the distributions and other payments. The net combined effect of the trust preferred securities transaction is that the Company is obligated to make the distributions and other payments required on the trust preferred securities.
 
These trust preferred securities are mandatorily redeemable upon maturity of the debentures on June 28, 2036, or upon earlier redemption as provided in the indenture. The Company has the right to redeem the debentures purchased by PEBK Trust II, in whole or in part, which became effective on June 28, 2011. As specified in the indenture, if the debentures are redeemed prior to maturity, the redemption price will be the principal amount plus any accrued but unpaid interest.
 
Market Area
 
The Bank’s primary market consists of the communities in an approximate 50-mile radius around its headquarters office in Newton, North Carolina. This area includes Catawba County, Alexander County, Lincoln County, Iredell County and portions of northeast Gaston County, North Carolina. The Bank is located only 40 miles north of Charlotte, North Carolina, and the Bank’s primary market area is and will continue to be significantly affected by its close proximity to this major metropolitan area.
 
Employment in the Bank’s primary market area is diversified among manufacturing, retail and wholesale trade, technology, services and utilities. Catawba County’s largest employers include Catawba County Schools, Frye Regional Medical Center, Catawba Valley Medical Center, Merchant Distributors, Inc. (wholesale food distributor), Catawba County, CommScope, Inc. (manufacturer of fiber optic cable and accessories), Corning Optical Communications (manufacturer of fiber optic cable and accessories), Ethan Allen (furniture manufacturer), HSM (manufacturing) and Advance Pierre Foods (restaurants and bakeries).
 
Competition
 
The Bank has operated in the Catawba Valley region of North Carolina for over 100 years and is the only financial institution headquartered in Newton, North Carolina. Nevertheless, the Bank faces strong competition both in attracting deposits and making loans. Its most direct competition for deposits has historically come from other commercial banks, credit unions and brokerage firms located in its primary market area, including large financial institutions. One national money center commercial bank is headquartered in Charlotte, North Carolina. Based upon June 30, 2017 comparative data, the Bank had 23.42% of the deposits in Catawba County, placing it second in deposit size among a total of 12 banks with branch offices in Catawba County; 9.83% of the deposits in Lincoln County, placing it fifth in deposit size among a total of ten banks with branch offices in Lincoln County; and 12.26% of the deposits in Alexander County, placing it fifth in deposit size among a total of six banks with branch offices in Alexander County.
 
The Bank also faces additional significant competition for investors’ funds from short-term money market securities and other corporate and government securities. The Bank’s core deposit base has grown principally due to economic growth in the Bank’s market area coupled with the implementation of new and competitive deposit products. The ability of the Bank to attract and retain deposits depends on its ability to generally provide a rate of return, liquidity and risk comparable to that offered by competing investment opportunities.
 
 
5
 
 
The Bank experiences strong competition for loans from commercial banks and mortgage banking companies. The Bank competes for loans primarily through the interest rates and loan fees it charges and the efficiency and quality of services it provides to borrowers. Competition is increasing as a result of the continuing reduction of restrictions on the interstate operations of financial institutions.
 
Supervision and Regulation
 
Bank holding companies and commercial banks are extensively regulated under both federal and state law. The following is a brief summary of certain statutes and rules and regulations that affect or will affect the Company, the Bank and their subsidiaries. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the particular statute and regulatory provisions referred to below and is not intended to be an exhaustive description of the statutes or regulations applicable to the business of the Company, the Bank and their subsidiaries. Supervision, regulation and examination of the Company and the Bank by the regulatory agencies are intended primarily for the protection of depositors rather than shareholders of the Company. Statutes and regulations which contain wide-ranging proposals for altering the structures, regulations and competitive relationship of financial institutions are introduced regularly. The Company cannot predict whether or in what form any proposed statute or regulation will be adopted or the extent to which the business of the Company and the Bank may be affected by such statute or regulation.
 
General . There are a number of obligations and restrictions imposed on bank holding companies and their depository institution subsidiaries by law and regulatory policy that are designed to minimize potential loss to the depositors of such depository institutions and the FDIC insurance funds in the event the depository institution becomes in danger of default or in default. For example, to mitigate the risk of failure, bank holding companies are required to guarantee the compliance of any insured depository institution subsidiary that may become “undercapitalized” with the terms of the capital restoration plan filed by such subsidiary with its appropriate federal banking agency up to the lesser of (i) an amount equal to 5% of the bank’s total assets at the time the bank became undercapitalized or (ii) the amount which is necessary (or would have been necessary) to bring the bank into compliance with all capital standards as of the time the bank fails to comply with such capital restoration plan. The Company, as a registered bank holding company, is subject to the regulation of the Federal Reserve. Under a policy of the Federal Reserve with respect to bank holding company operations, a bank holding company is required to serve as a source of financial strength to its subsidiary depository institutions and to commit resources to support such institutions in circumstances where it might not do so absent such policy. The Federal Reserve under the BHCA also has the authority to require a bank holding company to terminate any activity or to relinquish control of a nonbank subsidiary (other than a nonbank subsidiary of a bank) upon the Federal Reserve’s determination that such activity or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial soundness and stability of any bank subsidiary of the bank holding company.
 
In addition, insured depository institutions under common control are required to reimburse the FDIC for any loss suffered by its deposit insurance funds as a result of the default of a commonly controlled insured depository institution or for any assistance provided by the FDIC to a commonly controlled insured depository institution in danger of default. The FDIC may decline to enforce the cross-guarantee provisions if it determines that a waiver is in the best interest of the deposit insurance funds. The FDIC’s claim for damages is superior to claims of stockholders of the insured depository institution or its holding company but is subordinate to claims of depositors, secured creditors and holders of subordinated debt (other than affiliates) of the commonly controlled insured depository institutions.
 
As a result of the Company’s ownership of the Bank, the Company is also registered under the bank holding company laws of North Carolina. Accordingly, the Company is also subject to regulation and supervision by the Commissioner.
 
Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”).   The Dodd-Frank Act significantly changed bank regulation and has affected the lending, investment, trading and operating activities of depository institutions and their holding companies.
 
The Dodd-Frank Act also created a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the "Bureau") with extensive powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws. The Bureau has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. The Bureau also has examination and enforcement authority over all banks and savings institutions with more than $10 billion in assets. Banks and savings institutions with $10 billion or less in assets, such as the Bank, will continue to be examined by their applicable federal bank regulators. The Dodd-Frank Act also gave state attorneys general the ability to enforce applicable federal consumer protection laws.
 
 
6
 
 
The Dodd-Frank Act broadened the base for FDIC assessments for deposit insurance and permanently increased the maximum amount of deposit insurance to $250,000 per depositor. The legislation also, among other things, requires originators of certain securitized loans to retain a portion of the credit risk, stipulates regulatory rate-setting for certain debit card interchange fees, repealed restrictions on the payment of interest on commercial demand deposits and contains a number of reforms related to mortgage originations. The Dodd-Frank Act increased the ability of shareholders to influence boards of directors by requiring companies to give shareholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation and so-called “golden parachute” payments. The legislation also directed the Federal Reserve to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to company executives, regardless of whether the company is publicly traded or not. Many of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to delayed effective dates or require the implementing regulations and, therefore, their impact on the Company's and the Bank's operations cannot be fully determined at this time. However, it is likely that the Dodd-Frank Act will increase the regulatory burden, compliance costs and interest expense for the Bank and the Company.
 
Capital Adequacy . At December 31, 2017, the Bank exceeded each of its capital requirements with a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 11.69%, common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 15.09%, Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 15.09% and total risk-based capital ratio of 15.83%. At December 31, 2017, the Company also exceeded each of its capital requirements with a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 11.94%, common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 13.00%, Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 15.32% and total risk-based capital ratio of 16.06%.
 
On July 2, 2013, the Federal Reserve approved a final rule that establishes an integrated regulatory capital framework that addresses shortcomings in certain capital requirements. The rule, which became effective on January 1, 2015, implements in the United States the Basel III regulatory capital reforms from the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act. The final rule:
 
established a new minimum common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio (common equity Tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets) of 4.5% and increased the minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio from 4.0% to 6.0%, while maintaining the minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% and the minimum Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 4.0%;
revised the rules for calculating risk-weighted assets to enhance their risk sensitivity;
phased out trust preferred securities and cumulative perpetual preferred stock as Tier 1 capital;
added a requirement to maintain a minimum conservation buffer, composed of common equity Tier 1 capital, of 2.5% of risk-weighted assets, to be applied to the new common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio, the Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio and the Total risk-based capital ratio, which means that banking organizations, on a fully phased in basis no later than January 1, 2019, must maintain a minimum common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 7.0%, a minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.5% and a minimum Total risk-based capital ratio of 10.5%; and
changed the definitions of capital categories for insured depository institutions for purposes of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 prompt corrective action provisions.  Under these revised definitions, to be considered well-capitalized, an insured depository institution must have a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of at least 5.0%, a common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6.5%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 8.0% and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10.0%.
 
The new minimum regulatory capital ratios and changes to the calculation of risk-weighted assets became effective for the Bank and the Company on January 1, 2015. The required minimum conservation buffer began to be phased in incrementally, starting at 0.625% on January 1, 2016 and increased to 1.25% on January 1, 2017, 1.875% on January 1, 2018, and will increase to 2.5% on January 1, 2019.
 
The final rule established common equity Tier 1 capital as a new capital component. Common equity Tier 1 capital consists of common stock instruments that meet the eligibility criteria in the final rule, retained earnings, accumulated other comprehensive income/loss and common equity Tier 1 minority interest. As a result, Tier 1 capital has two components: common equity Tier 1 capital and additional Tier 1 capital. The final rule also revised the eligibility criteria for inclusion in additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. As a result of these changes, certain non-qualifying capital instruments, including cumulative preferred stock and trust preferred securities, are excluded as a component of Tier 1 capital for institutions of the size of the Company.
 
 
7
 
 
The final rule further requires that certain items be deducted from common equity Tier 1 capital, including (1) goodwill and other intangible assets, other than mortgage servicing rights, net of deferred tax liabilities (“DTLs”); (2) deferred tax assets that arise from operating losses and tax credit carryforwards, net of valuation allowances and DTLs; (3) after-tax gain-on-sale associated with a securitization exposure; and (4) defined benefit pension fund assets held by a depository institution holding company, net of DTLs. In addition, banking organizations must deduct from common equity Tier 1 capital the amount of certain assets, including mortgage servicing assets, that exceed certain thresholds. The final rule also allows all but the largest banking organizations to make a one-time election not to recognize unrealized gains and losses on available for sale debt securities in regulatory capital, as under prior capital rules.
 
The final rule provides that the failure to maintain the minimum conservation buffer will result in restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary cash bonus payments to executive officers. If a banking organization’s conservation buffer is less than 0.625%, the banking organization may not make any capital distributions or discretionary cash bonus payments to executive officers. If the conservation buffer is greater than 0.625% but not greater than 1.25%, capital distributions and discretionary cash bonus payments are limited to 20% of net income for the four calendar quarters preceding the applicable calendar quarter (net of any such capital distributions), or eligible retained income. If the conservation buffer is greater than 1.25% but not greater than 1.875%, the limit is 40% of eligible retained income, and if the conservation buffer is greater than 1.875% but not greater than 2.5%, the limit is 60% of eligible retained income. The preceding thresholds for the conservation buffer and related restrictions represent the fully phased in rules effective no later than January 1, 2019. Such thresholds will be phased in incrementally throughout the phase in period, with the lowest thresholds having become effective January 1, 2016.
 
Dividend and Repurchase Limitations . Federal regulations provide that the Company must obtain Federal Reserve approval prior to repurchasing its common stock for consideration in excess of 10% of its net worth during any twelve-month period unless the Company (i) both before and after the redemption satisfies capital requirements for a “well capitalized” bank holding company; (ii) received a one or two rating in its last examination; and (iii) is not the subject of any unresolved supervisory issues.
 
The ability of the Company to pay dividends or repurchase shares may be dependent upon the Company’s receipt of dividends from the Bank. North Carolina commercial banks, such as the Bank, are subject to legal limitations on the amounts of dividends they are permitted to pay. Also, an insured depository institution, such as the Bank, is prohibited from making capital distributions, including the payment of dividends, if, after making such distribution, the institution would become “undercapitalized” (as such term is defined in the applicable law and regulations).
 
Deposit Insurance . The assessment paid by each Deposit Insurance Fund member institution is based on its relative risks of default as measured by regulatory capital ratios and other factors. Specifically, the assessment rate is based on the institution’s capitalization risk category and supervisory subgroup category. An institution’s capitalization risk category is based on the FDIC’s determination of whether the institution is well capitalized, adequately capitalized or less than adequately capitalized.
 
An institution’s supervisory subgroup category is based on the FDIC’s assessment of the financial condition of the institution and the probability that FDIC intervention or other corrective action will be required. The FDIC may terminate insurance of deposits upon a finding that an institution has engaged in unsafe and unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC.
 
The Dodd-Frank Act expanded the base for FDIC insurance assessments, requiring that assessments be based on the average consolidated total assets less tangible equity capital of a financial institution. On February 7, 2011, the FDIC approved a final rule to implement the foregoing provision of the Dodd-Frank Act. Among other things, the final rule revises the assessment rate schedule to provide assessments ranging from five to 35 basis points, with the initial assessment rates subject to adjustments which could increase or decrease the total base assessment rates. The FDIC has three possible adjustments to an institution’s initial base assessment rate: (i) a decrease of up to five basis points (or 50% of the initial base assessment rate) for long-term unsecured debt, including senior unsecured debt and subordinated debt; (ii) an increase for holding long-term unsecured or subordinated debt issued by other insured depository institutions known as the Depository Institution Debt Adjustment and (iii) for institutions not well rated and well capitalized, an increase not to exceed ten basis points for brokered deposits in excess of ten percent of domestic deposits.
 
 
8
 
 
Federal Home Loan Bank System . The Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) system provides a central credit facility for member institutions. As a member of the FHLB of Atlanta, the Bank is required to own capital stock in the FHLB of Atlanta in an amount at least equal to 0.20% (or 20 basis points) of the Bank’s total assets at the end of each calendar year, plus 4.5% of its outstanding advances (borrowings) from the FHLB of Atlanta under the new activity-based stock ownership requirement. On December 31, 2017, the Bank was in compliance with this requirement.
 
Community Reinvestment.   Under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), as implemented by regulations of the FDIC, an insured institution has a continuing and affirmative obligation consistent with its safe and sound operation to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions, nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop, consistent with the CRA, the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community. The CRA requires the federal banking regulators, in connection with their examinations of insured institutions, to assess the institutions’ records of meeting the credit needs of their communities, using the ratings of “outstanding,” “satisfactory,” “needs to improve,” or “substantial noncompliance,” and to take that record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by those institutions. All institutions are required to make public disclosure of their CRA performance ratings. The Bank received a “satisfactory” rating in its last CRA examination, which was conducted during February 2017.
 
Changes in Control. The BHCA prohibits the Company from acquiring direct or indirect control of more than 5% of the outstanding voting stock or substantially all of the assets of any bank or savings bank or merging or consolidating with another bank or financial holding company or savings bank holding company without prior approval of the Federal Reserve. Similarly, Federal Reserve approval (or, in certain cases, non-objection) must be obtained prior to any person acquiring control of the Company. Control is deemed to exist if, among other things, a person acquires 25% or more of any class of voting stock of the Company or controls in any manner the election of a majority of the directors of the Company. Control is presumed to exist if a person acquires 10% or more of any class of voting stock and the stock is registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time (the “Exchange Act”), or the acquiror will be the largest shareholder after the acquisition.
 
Federal Securities Law . The Company has registered its common stock with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act. As a result of such registration, the proxy and tender offer rules, insider trading reporting requirements, annual and periodic reporting and other requirements of the Exchange Act are applicable to the Company.
 
Transactions with Affiliates.   Under current federal law, depository institutions are subject to the restrictions contained in Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act with respect to loans to directors, executive officers and principal shareholders. Under Section 22(h), loans to directors, executive officers and shareholders who own more than 10% of a depository institution (18% in the case of institutions located in an area with less than 30,000 in population), and certain affiliated entities of any of the foregoing, may not exceed, together with all other outstanding loans to such person and affiliated entities, the institution’s loans-to-one-borrower limit (as discussed below). Section 22(h) also prohibits loans above amounts prescribed by the appropriate federal banking agency to directors, executive officers and shareholders who own more than 10% of an institution, and their respective affiliates, unless such loans are approved in advance by a majority of the board of directors of the institution. Any “interested” director may not participate in the voting. The FDIC has prescribed the loan amount (which includes all other outstanding loans to such person), as to which such prior board of director approval is required, as being the greater of $25,000 or 5% of capital and surplus (up to $500,000). Further, pursuant to Section 22(h), the Federal Reserve requires that loans to directors, executive officers, and principal shareholders be made on terms substantially the same as offered in comparable transactions with non-executive employees of the Bank. The FDIC has imposed additional limits on the amount a bank can loan to an executive officer.
 
Loans to One Borrower.   The Bank is subject to the loans-to-one-borrower limits imposed by North Carolina law, which are substantially the same as those applicable to national banks. Under these limits, no loans and extensions of credit to any borrower outstanding at one time and not fully secured by readily marketable collateral shall exceed 15% of the Bank’s total equity capital. At December 31, 2016, this limit was $20.4 million. This limit is increased by an additional 10% of the Bank’s total equity capital, or $34.1 million as of December 31, 2017, for loans and extensions of credit that are fully secured by readily marketable collateral.
 
Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. The federal Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (the “GLB Act”) dramatically changed various federal laws governing the banking, securities and insurance industries. The GLB Act expanded opportunities for banks and bank holding companies to provide services and engage in other revenue-generating activities that previously were prohibited. In doing so, it increased competition in the financial services industry, presenting greater opportunities for our larger competitors, which were more able to expand their service and products than smaller, community-oriented financial institutions, such as the Bank.
 
 
9
 
 
USA Patriot Act of 2001 . The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act (the “Patriot Act”) was enacted in response to the terrorist attacks that occurred in New York, Pennsylvania and Washington, D.C. on September 11, 2001. The Patriot Act was intended to strengthen the ability of U.S. law enforcement and the intelligence community to work cohesively to combat terrorism on a variety of fronts. The impact of the Patriot Act on financial institutions of all kinds has been significant and wide ranging. The Patriot Act contains sweeping anti-money laundering and financial transparency laws and requires various regulations, including standards for verifying customer identification at account opening, and rules to promote cooperation among financial institutions, regulators, and law enforcement entities in identifying parties that may be involved in terrorism or money laundering.
 
Interstate Banking and Branching. The BHCA was amended by the Interstate Banking Act. The Interstate Banking Act provides that adequately capitalized and managed financial and bank holding companies are permitted to acquire banks in any state. State law prohibiting interstate banking or discriminating against out-of-state banks is preempted. States are not permitted to enact laws opting out of this provision; however, states are allowed to adopt a minimum age restriction requiring that target banks located within the state be in existence for a period of years, up to a maximum of five years, before a bank may be subject to the Interstate Banking Act. The Interstate Banking Act, as amended by the Dodd-Frank Act, establishes deposit caps which prohibit acquisitions that result in the acquiring company controlling 30% or more of the deposits of insured banks and thrift institutions held in the state in which the target maintains a breach or 10% or more of the deposits nationwide. States have the authority to waive the 30% deposit cap. State-level deposit caps are not preempted as long as they do not discriminate against out-of-state companies, and the federal deposit caps apply only to initial entry acquisitions.
 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 . The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 mandates for public companies a variety of reforms intended to address corporate and accounting fraud and provides for the establishment of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (the “PCAOB”) which enforces auditing, quality control and independence standards for firms that audit SEC-reporting companies. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act imposes higher standards for auditor independence and restricts the provision of consulting services by auditing firms to companies they audit and requires that certain audit partners be rotated periodically. It also requires chief executive officers and chief financial officers, or their equivalents, to certify the accuracy of periodic reports filed with the SEC, subject to civil and criminal penalties if they knowingly or willfully violate this certification requirement, and increases the oversight and authority of audit committees of publicly traded companies.
 
Limits on Rates Paid on Deposits and Brokered Deposits .  FDIC regulations limit the ability of insured depository institutions to accept, renew or roll-over deposits by offering rates of interest which are significantly higher than the prevailing rates of interest on deposits offered by other insured depository institutions having the same type of charter in such depository institution’s normal market area. Under these regulations, “well capitalized” depository institutions may accept, renew or roll-over such deposits without restriction, “adequately capitalized” depository institutions may accept, renew or roll-over such deposits with a waiver from the FDIC (subject to certain restrictions on payments of rates) and “undercapitalized” depository institutions may not accept, renew, or roll-over such deposits. Definitions of “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized” and “undercapitalized” are the same as the definitions adopted by federal banking agencies to implement the prompt corrective action provisions discussed above.
 
Other.   Additional regulations require annual examinations of all insured depository institutions by the appropriate federal banking agency and establish operational and managerial, asset quality, earnings and stock valuation standards for insured depository institutions, as well as compensation standards.
 
The Bank is subject to examination by the FDIC and the Commissioner. In addition, the Bank is subject to various other state and federal laws and regulations, including state usury laws, laws relating to fiduciaries, consumer credit, equal credit and fair credit reporting laws and laws relating to branch banking. The Bank, as an insured North Carolina commercial bank, is prohibited from engaging as a principal in activities that are not permitted for national banks, unless (i) the FDIC determines that the activity would pose no significant risk to the appropriate deposit insurance fund and (ii) the Bank is, and continues to be, in compliance with all applicable capital standards.
 
Future Requirements . Statutes and regulations, which contain wide-ranging proposals for altering the structures, regulations and competitive relationships of financial institutions, are introduced regularly. Neither the Company nor the Bank can predict whether or what form any proposed statute or regulation will be adopted or the extent to which the business of the Company or the Bank may be affected by such statute or regulation.
 
 
10
 
 
Consent Order
 
On August 31, 2015, the FDIC and the North Carolina Office of the Commissioner issued a Consent Order (the “Order”) in connection with compliance by the Bank with the Bank Secrecy Act and its implementing regulations (collectively, the “BSA”). The Order was issued pursuant to the consent of the Bank. In consenting to the issuance of the Order, the Bank did not admit or deny any unsafe or unsound banking practices or violations of law or regulation.
 
The Order required the Bank to take certain affirmative actions to comply with its obligations under the BSA, including, without limitation, strengthening its Board of Directors’ oversight of BSA activities; reviewing, enhancing, adopting and implementing a revised BSA compliance program; completing a BSA risk assessment; developing a revised system of internal controls designed to ensure full compliance with the BSA; reviewing and revising customer due diligence and risk assessment processes, policies and procedures; developing, adopting and implementing effective BSA training programs; assessing BSA staffing needs and resources and appointing a qualified BSA officer; establishing an independent BSA testing program; ensuring that all reports required by the BSA are accurately and properly filed and engaging an independent firm to review past account activity to determine whether suspicious activity was properly identified and reported.
 
During the third quarter of 2017 the Bank received notice that the Order was terminated effective August 30, 2017.
 
Available Information
 
The Company makes its Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports available free of charge on its internet website www.peoplesbanknc.com as soon as reasonably practicable after the reports are electronically filed with the SEC. The Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q are also available on its internet website in interactive data format using the eXtensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL), which allows financial statement information to be downloaded directly into spreadsheets, analyzed in a variety of ways using commercial off-the-shelf software and used within investment models in other software formats. Any materials that the Company files with the SEC may be read and/or copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. These filings are also accessible on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.
 
Additionally, the Company’s corporate governance policies, including the charters of the Audit and Enterprise Risk, Compensation, and Governance Committees, and the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics may also be found the Company’s website (www.peoplesbanknc.com). A written copy of the foregoing corporate governance policies is available upon written request to the Company.
 
ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS
 
The following are potential risks that management considers material and that could affect the future operating results and financial condition of the Bank and the Company. The risks are not listed in any particular order of importance, and there is the potential that there are other risks that have either not been identified or that management believed to be immaterial but which could in fact adversely affect the operating results and financial condition of the Bank and the Company.
 
If any of the following risks actually occur, the Company’s financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. If this were to happen, the value of the Company’s common stock could decline significantly, and you could lose all or part of your investment.
 
 
11
 
Our business could be adversely affected by current conditions in the financial markets and economic conditions generally.
Our business is subject to periodic fluctuations based on national, regional and local economic conditions. These fluctuations are not predictable, cannot be controlled, and may have a material adverse impact on our operations and financial condition. Sustained weakness or weakening in business and economic conditions generally or specifically in the principal markets in which we do business could have one or more of the following adverse effects on our business: 
 
● 
a decrease in the demand for loans or other products and services offered by us;
● 
a decrease in the value of our loans or other assets secured by consumer or commercial real estate;
● 
a decrease in deposit balances due to overall reductions in the accounts of customers;
● 
an impairment of certain intangible assets or investment securities;
● 
a decreased ability to raise additional capital on terms acceptable to us or at all; or
● 
an increase in the number of borrowers who become delinquent, file for protection under bankruptcy laws or default on their loans or other obligations to us. An increase in the number of delinquencies, bankruptcies or defaults could result in a higher level of nonperforming assets, net charge-offs and provision for credit losses, which would reduce our earnings.
 
Financial reform legislation enacted by Congress and resulting regulations have increased, and are expected to continue to increase our costs of operations.
Congress enacted the Dodd-Frank Act in 2010. This law has significantly changed the structure of the bank regulatory system and affects the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act requires various federal agencies to adopt a broad range of new implementing rules and regulations, and to prepare numerous studies and reports for Congress. The federal agencies are given significant discretion in drafting the implementing rules and regulations. Although some of these regulations have been promulgated, additional regulations are expected to be issued in 2018.
 
It is difficult to quantify what specific impact the Dodd-Frank Act and related regulations have had on the Company to date and what impact yet to be written regulations will have on us in the future. However, it is expected that at a minimum they will increase our operating and compliance costs and could increase our interest expense.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, on February 3, 2017, the President of the United States issued an executive order identifying “core principles” for the administration’s financial services regulatory policy and directing the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the heads of other financial regulatory agencies, to evaluate how the current regulatory framework promotes or inhibits the principles and what actions have been, and are being, taken to promote the principles. In response to the executive order, on June 12, 2017, October 6, 2017 and October 26, 2017, respectively, the U.S. Department of the Treasury issued the first three of four reports recommending a number of comprehensive changes in the current regulatory system for U.S. depository institutions, the U.S. capital markets and the U.S. asset management and insurance industries that may serve to reduce the impact of existing and future regulations on our operations.  There can be no assurance that such regulations will be implemented or that they will reduce the impact of existing and future regulations on our operations.
 
Increases in FDIC insurance premiums may adversely affect the Company’s net income and profitability.
The Company is generally unable to control the amount of premiums that the Bank is required to pay for FDIC insurance. If there are bank or financial institution failures that exceed the FDIC’s expectations, the Bank may be required to pay higher FDIC premiums than those currently in force. Any future increases or required prepayments of FDIC insurance premiums may adversely impact the Company’s earnings and financial condition.
 
Market developments may adversely affect our industry, business and results of operations.
Significant declines in the housing market, with falling home prices and increasing foreclosures and unemployment, resulted in significant write-downs of asset values by many financial institutions, including government-sponsored entities and major commercial and investment banks. These write-downs, initially of mortgage-backed securities but spreading to credit default swaps and other derivative securities, caused many financial institutions to seek additional capital, to merge with larger and stronger institutions and, in some cases, to fail. As a consequence, the Company experienced significant challenges, its credit quality deteriorated and its net income and results of operations were adversely impacted. Reflecting concern about the stability of the financial markets generally and the strength of counterparties, many lenders and institutional investors have reduced, and in some cases, ceased to provide funding to borrowers including other financial institutions. Although to date the Company and the Bank remain “well capitalized,” we are part of the financial system and a systemic lack of available credit, a lack of confidence in the financial sector, increased volatility in the financial markets and/or reduced business activity could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
 
12
 
 
Loss of key personnel could adversely impact results.
The success of the Bank has been and will continue to be greatly influenced by the ability to retain the services of existing senior management. The Bank has benefited from consistency within its senior management team, with its top three executives averaging 19 years of service with the Bank. The Company has entered into employment contracts with each of these top management officials. Nevertheless, the unexpected loss of the services of any of the key management personnel, or the inability to recruit and retain qualified personnel in the future, could have an adverse impact on the business and financial results of the Bank.
 
A significant amount of the Bank’s business is concentrated in lending which is secured by property located in the Catawba Valley and surrounding areas.
In addition to the financial strength and cash flow characteristics of the borrower in each case, the Bank often secures its loans with real estate collateral. The real estate collateral in each case provides an alternate source of repayment in the event of default by the borrower and may deteriorate in value during the time the credit is extended. If the Bank is required to liquidate the collateral securing a loan during a period of reduced real estate values to satisfy the debt, the Bank’s earnings and capital could be adversely affected.
 
Additionally, with most of the Bank’s loans concentrated in the Catawba Valley and surrounding areas, a decline in local economic conditions could adversely affect the values of the Bank’s real estate collateral. Consequently, a decline in local economic conditions may have a greater effect on the Bank’s earnings and capital than on the earnings and capital of larger financial institutions whose real estate loan portfolios are geographically diverse.
 
Our allowance for loan losses may be insufficient and could therefore reduce earnings.
The risk of credit losses on loans varies with, among other things, general economic conditions, the creditworthiness of the borrower over the term of the loan and, in the case of a collateralized loan, the value and marketability of the collateral for the loan. Management maintains an allowance for loan losses based upon, among other things, historical experience, an evaluation of economic conditions and regular reviews of delinquencies and loan portfolio quality. Management believes it has established the allowance in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) and in consideration of the current economic environment. Although management uses the best information available to make evaluations, significant future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic and other conditions, thus adversely affecting the operating results of the Company. If management’s assumptions and judgments prove to be incorrect and the allowance for loan losses is inadequate to absorb future losses, or if the bank regulatory authorities require the Bank to increase the allowance for loan losses as a part of their examination process, the Bank’s earnings and capital could be significantly and adversely affected. For further discussion related to our process for determining the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses, see “Allowance for Loan Losses” within “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results and Operation” of the Annual Report, which is included in this Form 10-K as Exhibit (13).
 
Changes in interest rates affect profitability and assets.
Changes in prevailing interest rates may hurt the Bank’s business. The Bank derives its income primarily from the difference or “spread” between the interest earned on loans, securities and other interest-earning assets, and interest paid on deposits, borrowings and other interest-bearing liabilities. In general, the larger the spread, the more the Bank earns. When market rates of interest change, the interest the Bank receives on its assets and the interest the Bank pays on its liabilities will fluctuate. This can cause decreases in the “spread” and can adversely affect the Bank’s income. Changes in market interest rates could reduce the value of the Bank’s financial assets. Fixed-rate investments, mortgage-backed and related securities and mortgage loans generally decrease in value as interest rates rise. In addition, interest rates affect how much money the Bank lends. For example, when interest rates rise, the cost of borrowing increases and the loan originations tend to decrease. If the Bank is unsuccessful in managing the effects of changes in interest rates, the financial condition and results of operations could suffer.
 
We measure interest rate risk under various rate scenarios using specific criteria and assumptions. A summary of this process, along with the results of our net interest income simulations, is presented within “Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” of the Annual Report which is included in this Form 10-K as Exhibit (13).
 
The Bank faces strong competition from other banks and financial institutions which can hurt its business.
The financial services industry is highly competitive. The Bank competes against commercial banks, savings banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions, mortgage banks, brokerage firms, investment advisory firms, insurance companies and other financial institutions. Many of these entities are larger organizations with significantly greater financial, management and other resources than the Bank has. Moreover, one national money center commercial bank is headquartered in Charlotte, North Carolina, only 40 miles from the Bank’s primary market area.
 
While management believes it can and does successfully compete with other financial institutions in our market, we may face a competitive disadvantage as a result of our smaller size and lack of geographic diversification.
 
 
13
 
 
Changes in technology may impact the Bank’s business.
The Bank uses various technologies in its business and the banking industry is undergoing rapid technological changes. The effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to reduce costs. The Bank’s future success will depend in part on its ability to address the needs of its customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands for convenience as well as create additional efficiencies in the Bank’s operations. The Bank’s competitors may have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements.
 
We may be subject to examinations by taxing authorities which could adversely affect our results of operations.
In the normal course of business, we may be subject to examinations from federal and state taxing authorities regarding the amount of taxes due in connection with investments we have made and the businesses in which we are engaged. Recently, federal and state taxing authorities have become increasingly aggressive in challenging tax positions taken by financial institutions. The challenges made by taxing authorities may result in adjustments to the timing or amount of taxable income or deductions or the allocation of income among tax jurisdictions. If any such challenges are made and are not resolved in our favor, they could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Changes in our accounting policies or in accounting standards could materially affect how we report our financial results and condition.
Our accounting policies are fundamental to understanding our financial results and condition. Some of these policies require use of estimates and assumptions that may affect the value of our assets or liabilities and financial results. Some of our accounting policies are critical because they require management to make difficult, subjective and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and because it is likely that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions.
 
From time to time the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) and the SEC change the financial accounting and reporting standards or the interpretation of those standards that govern the preparation of our external financial statements. These changes are beyond our control, can be hard to predict and could materially impact how we report our results of operations and financial condition. We could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in our restating prior period financial statements in material amounts.
 
Our internal controls may be ineffective.
Management regularly reviews and updates our internal controls, disclosure controls and procedures, and corporate governance policies and procedures. Any system of controls, however well designed and operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the objectives of the system are met. Any failure or circumvention of our controls and procedures or failure to comply with regulations related to controls and procedures could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
 
Impairment of investment securities or deferred tax assets could require charges to earnings, which could result in a negative impact on our results of operations.
In assessing the impairment of investment securities, management considers the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issues, and the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery of fair value in the near term. In assessing the future ability of the Company to realize the deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. The impact of each of these impairment matters could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
 
We rely on other companies to provide key components of our business infrastructure.
Third party vendors provide key components of our business infrastructure such as internet connections, network access and core application processing. While we have selected these third party vendors carefully, we do not control their actions. Any problems caused by these third parties, including as a result of their not providing us their services for any reason or their performing their services poorly, could adversely affect our ability to deliver products and services to our customers and otherwise to conduct our business. Replacing these third party vendors could also entail significant delay and expense.
 
 
14
 
 
Our information systems may experience an interruption or breach in security.
We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business. Any failure, interruption, or breach in security or operational integrity of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in our customer relationship management, general ledger, deposit, loan, and other systems. While we have policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of these possible events, there can be no assurance that any such failure, interruption or security breach will not occur or, if any does occur, that it can be sufficiently remediated.
 
There have been increasing efforts on the part of third parties, including through cyber-attacks, to breach data security at financial institutions or with respect to financial transactions. There have been several recent instances involving financial services and consumer-based companies reporting the unauthorized disclosure of client or customer information or the destruction or theft of corporate data. In addition, because the techniques used to cause such security breaches change frequently, often are not recognized until launched against a target and may originate from less regulated and remote areas around the world, we may be unable to proactively address these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. The ability of our customers to bank remotely, including online and through mobile devices, requires secure transmission of confidential information and increases the risk of data security breaches.
 
The occurrence of any failures, interruptions, or security breaches of our information systems could damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and business.
 
Liquidity is essential to our businesses.
Our liquidity could be impaired by an inability to access the capital markets or unforeseen outflows of cash. This situation may arise due to circumstances that we may be unable to control, such as a general market disruption or an operational problem that affects third parties or us. Our credit ratings are important to our liquidity. A reduction in our credit ratings could adversely affect our liquidity and competitive position, increase our borrowing costs, limit our access to the capital markets or trigger unfavorable contractual obligations.
 
Negative publicity could damage our reputation
Reputation risk, or the risk to our earnings and capital from negative public opinion, is inherent in our business. Negative public opinion could adversely affect our ability to keep and attract customers and expose us to adverse legal and regulatory consequences. Negative public opinion could result from our actual or alleged conduct in any number of activities, including lending practices, corporate governance, regulatory compliance, mergers and acquisitions, and disclosure, sharing or inadequate protection of customer information, and from actions taken by government regulators and community organizations in response to that conduct.
 
Financial services companies depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about customers and counterparties.
In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions, we may rely on information furnished by or on behalf of customers and counterparties, including financial statements, credit reports, and other financial information. We may also rely on representations of those customers, counterparties, or other third parties, such as independent auditors, as to the accuracy and completeness of that information. Reliance on inaccurate or misleading financial statements, financial advisors and consultants, credit reports, or other financial information could cause us to enter into unfavorable transactions, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
If our non-performing assets increase, our earnings will suffer.
Our non-performing assets adversely affect our net income in various ways. We do not record interest income on non-accrual loans or real estate owned. We must reserve for probable losses, which is established through a current period charge to the provision for loan losses as well as from time to time, as appropriate, the write down of the value of properties in our other real estate owned portfolio to reflect changing market values. Additionally, there are legal fees associated with the resolution of problem assets as well as carrying costs such as taxes, insurance and maintenance related to our other real estate owned. Further, the resolution of non-performing assets requires the active involvement of management, which can distract them from more profitable activity. Finally, if our estimate for the recorded allowance for loan losses proves to be incorrect and our allowance is inadequate, we will have to increase the allowance accordingly.
 
 
15
 
 
Our loan portfolio includes loans with a higher risk of loss.
We originate commercial real estate loans, commercial loans, construction and land development loans, and residential mortgage loans primarily within our market area. Commercial real estate, commercial, and construction and land development loans tend to involve larger loan balances to a single borrower or groups of related borrowers and are most susceptible to a risk of loss during a downturn in the business cycle. These loans also have historically had greater credit risk than other loans for the following reasons:
 
Commercial Real Estate Loans. Repayment is dependent on income being generated in amounts sufficient to cover operating expenses and debt service. These loans also involve greater risk because they are generally not fully amortizing over a loan period, but rather have a balloon payment due at maturity. A borrower’s ability to make a balloon payment typically will depend on being able to either refinance the loan or timely sell the underlying property. As of December 31, 2017, commercial real estate loans comprised approximately 33% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio.
 
Commercial Loans. Repayment is generally dependent upon the successful operation of the borrower’s business. In addition, the collateral securing the loans may depreciate over time, be difficult to appraise, be illiquid, or fluctuate in value based on the success of the business. As of December 31, 2017, commercial loans comprised approximately 12% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio.
 
Construction and land development loans. The risk of loss is largely dependent on our initial estimate of whether the property’s value at completion equals or exceeds the cost of property construction and the availability of take-out financing. During the construction phase, a number of factors can result in delays or cost overruns. If our estimate is inaccurate or if actual construction costs exceed estimates, the value of the property securing our loan may be insufficient to ensure full repayment when completed through a permanent loan, sale of the property, or by seizure of collateral. As of December 31, 2017, construction and land development loans comprised approximately 11% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio.
 
Single-family residential loans . Declining home sales volumes, decreased real estate values and higher than normal levels of unemployment could contribute to losses on these loans. As of December 31, 2017, single-family residential loans comprised approximately 37% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio, including Banco single-family residential stated income loans which were approximately 5% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio.
 
Because we engage in lending secured by real estate and may be forced to foreclose on the collateral property and own the underlying real estate, we may be subject to the increased costs associated with the ownership of real property, which could result in reduced net income.
Since we originate loans secured by real estate, we may have to foreclose on the collateral property to protect our investment and may thereafter own and operate such property, in which case we are exposed to the risks inherent in the ownership of real estate. The amount that we, as a mortgagee, may realize after a default is dependent upon factors outside of our control, including, but not limited to:

general or local economic conditions;
environmental cleanup liability;
neighborhood values;
interest rates;
real estate tax rates;
operating expenses of the mortgaged properties;
supply of and demand for rental units or properties;
ability to obtain and maintain adequate occupancy of the properties;
zoning laws;
governmental rules, regulations and fiscal policies; and
acts of God.
 
Certain expenditures associated with the ownership of real estate, principally real estate taxes and maintenance costs, may adversely affect the income from the real estate. Therefore, the cost of operating real property may exceed the rental income earned from such property, and we may have to advance funds in order to protect our investment or we may be required to dispose of the real property at a loss.
 
 
16
 
 
We are subject to extensive regulation and oversight, and depending upon the findings and determinations of our regulatory authorities, we may be required to make adjustments to our business, operations or financial position and could become subject to formal or informal regulatory action.
We are subject to extensive regulation and supervision, including examination by federal and state banking regulators. Federal and state regulators have the ability to impose substantial sanctions, restrictions and requirements on us if they determine, upon conclusion of their examination or otherwise, violations of laws with which we must comply or weaknesses or failures with respect to general standards of safety and soundness, including, for example, in respect of any financial concerns that the regulators may identify and desire for us to address. Such enforcement may be formal or informal and can include directors’ resolutions, memoranda of understanding, consent orders, civil money penalties and termination of deposit insurance and bank closure. Enforcement actions may be taken regardless of the capital levels of the institution, and regardless of prior examination findings. In particular, institutions that are not sufficiently capitalized in accordance with regulatory standards may also face capital directives or prompt corrective actions. Enforcement actions may require certain corrective steps (including staff additions or changes), impose limits on activities (such as lending, deposit taking, acquisitions, paying dividends or branching), prescribe lending parameters (such as loan types, volumes and terms) and require additional capital to be raised, any of which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. The imposition of regulatory sanctions, including monetary penalties, may have a material impact on our financial condition and results of operations and/or damage our reputation. In addition, compliance with any such action could distract management’s attention from normal operations, cause us to incur significant expenses, restrict us from engaging in potentially profitable activities and limit our ability to raise capital.
 
We will become subject to more stringent capital requirements, which may adversely impact our return on equity, require us to raise additional capital, or constrain us from paying dividends or repurchasing shares.
  In July 2013, the Federal Reserve and the FDIC approved new rules that substantially amend the regulatory risk-based capital rules applicable to the Bank. The final rule implements the “Basel III” regulatory capital reforms and changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act.
 
The final rule includes new minimum risk-based capital and leverage ratios, which became effective for the Bank and the Company on January 1, 2015, and revises the definition of what constitutes “capital” for purposes of calculating those ratios. The new minimum capital requirements are: (i) a new common equity tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%; (ii) a tier 1 to risk-based assets capital ratio of 6% (increased from 4%); (iii) a total capital ratio of 8% (unchanged from current rules); and (iv) a tier 1 leverage ratio of 4%. These rules also establish a “capital conservation buffer” of 2.5%, and will result in the following minimum ratios: (i) a common equity tier 1 capital ratio of 7.0%, (ii) a tier 1 to risk-based assets capital ratio of 8.5%, and (iii) a total capital ratio of 10.5%. The new capital conservation buffer requirement is being phased in beginning in January 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and increases each year until fully implemented in January 2019. An institution will be subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases, and paying discretionary bonuses if its capital level falls below the buffer amount. These limitations will establish a maximum percentage of eligible retained income that can be utilized for such actions.
 
The application of more stringent capital requirements for the Bank could, among other things, result in lower returns on equity, require the raising of additional capital, and result in regulatory actions constraining us from paying dividends or repurchasing shares if we were to be unable to comply with such requirements.
 
The trading volume in our common stock is less than that of larger public companies which can cause price volatility.
The trading history of our common stock has been characterized by relatively low trading volume. The value of a shareholder’s investment may be subject to sudden decreases due to the volatility of the price of our common stock, which trades on the NASDAQ Global Market.
 
The market price of our common stock may be volatile and subject to fluctuations in response to numerous factors, including, but not limited to, the factors discussed in other risk factors and the following:
 
actual or anticipated fluctuation in our operating results;
changes in interest rates;
changes in the legal or regulatory environment in which we operate;
press releases, announcements or publicity relating to us or our competitors or relating to trends in our industry;
changes in expectations as to our future financial performance, including financial estimates or recommendations by securities analysts and investors;
future sales of our common stock;
changes in economic conditions in our market, general conditions in the U.S. economy, financial markets or the banking industry; and
other developments affecting our competitors or us.
 
These factors may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance, and could prevent a shareholder from selling common stock at or above the current market price. These factors may also adversely affect the Company’s ability to raise capital in the open market if needed. In addition, the Company cannot say with any certainty that a more active and liquid trading market for its common stock will develop.
 
 
17
 
 
Our stock price can be volatile .
  Stock price volatility may make it more difficult for you to resell your common stock when you want and at prices you find attractive. Our stock price can fluctuate significantly in response to a variety of factors including, among other things:
 
actual or anticipated variations in quarterly results of operations;
recommendations by securities analysts;
operating results and stock price performance of other companies that investors deem comparable to us;
news reports relating to trends, concerns, and other issues in the financial services industry;
perceptions in the marketplace regarding us and/or our competitors;
new technology used or services offered by competitors;
significant acquisitions or business combinations, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, or capital commitments by or involving us or our competitors; and
changes in government regulations.
 
Our common stock is not FDIC insured.
 The Company’s common stock is not a savings or deposit account or other obligation of any bank and is not insured by the FDIC or any other governmental agency and is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of principal. Investment in our common stock is inherently risky for the reasons described in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this report and is subject to the same market forces that affect the price of common stock in any company. As a result, holders of our common stock may lose some or all of their investment.
 
We may reduce or eliminate dividends on our common stock.
Although we have historically paid a quarterly cash dividend to the holders of our common stock, holders of our common stock are not entitled to receive dividends. Downturns in the domestic and global economies could cause our Board of Directors to consider, among other things, reducing or eliminating dividends paid on our common stock. This could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Furthermore, as a bank holding company, our ability to pay dividends is subject to the guidelines of the Federal Reserve regarding capital adequacy and dividends before declaring or paying any dividends. Dividends also may be limited as a result of safety and soundness considerations.
 
We may need additional access to capital, which it may be unable to obtain on attractive terms or at all.
We may need to incur additional debt or equity financing in the future to make strategic acquisitions or investments, for future growth or to fund losses or additional provision for loan losses in the future. Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend in part on conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside our control, and on our financial performance. Accordingly, we may be unable to raise additional capital, if and when needed, on terms acceptable to it, or at all. If we cannot raise additional capital when needed, our ability to further expand our operations through internal growth and acquisitions could be materially impaired and our stock price negatively affected.
 
Our articles of incorporation, as amended, amended and restated bylaws, and certain banking laws may have an anti-takeover effect.
Provisions of our articles of incorporation, as amended, amended and restated bylaws, and federal banking laws, including regulatory approval requirements, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if doing so would be perceived to be beneficial to our shareholders. The combination of these provisions may prohibit a non-negotiated merger or other business combination, which, in turn, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
 
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
 
Not applicable.
 
 
18
 
 
ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES
 
At December 31, 2017, the Company and the Bank conducted their business from the headquarters office in Newton, North Carolina, its Banco administrative office and its 19 other branch offices in Lincolnton, Hickory, Newton, Catawba, Conover, Claremont, Maiden, Denver, Triangle, Hiddenite, Charlotte, Cornelius, Mooresville and Raleigh, North Carolina. The Bank also operates loan production offices in Denver and Durham North Carolina. The following table sets forth certain information regarding the Bank’s properties at December 31, 2017.
 
Owned
Corporate Office
518 West C Street
Newton, North Carolina 28658
 
420 West A Street
Newton, North Carolina 28658
 
2619 North Main Avenue
Newton, North Carolina 28658
 
213 1st Street, West
Conover, North Carolina 28613
 
3261 East Main Street
Claremont, North Carolina 28610
 
6125 Highway 16 South
Denver, North Carolina 28037
 
5153 N.C. Highway 90E
Hiddenite, North Carolina 28636
 
200 Island Ford Road
Maiden, North Carolina 28650
 
3310 Springs Road NE
Hickory, North Carolina 28601
 
142 South Highway 16
Denver, North Carolina 28037
 
106 North Main Street
Catawba, North Carolina 28609
 
2050 Catawba Valley Boulevard
Hickory, North Carolina 28601
 
800 E. Arrowood Road
Charlotte, North Carolina 28217
 
1074 River Highway
Mooresville, North Carolina 28117
Leased
1333 2nd Street NE
Hickory, North Carolina 28601
 
1910 East Main Street
Lincolnton, North Carolina 28092
 
760 Highway 27 West
Lincolnton, North Carolina 28092
 
102 Leonard Avenue
Newton, North Carolina 28658
 
6350 South Boulevard
Charlotte, North Carolina 28217
 
4451 Central Avenue
Suite A
Charlotte, North Carolina 28205
3752/3754 Highway 16 North
Denver, North Carolina 28037
 
9624-I Bailey Road
Cornelius, North Carolina 28031
 
3023-10 Capital Boulevard
Raleigh, North Carolina 27604
 
2530 Meridian Parkway
Durham, North Carolina 27713
 
 
ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
In the opinion of management, the Company is not involved in any material pending legal proceedings other than routine proceedings occurring in the ordinary course of business.
 
ITEM 4.  MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
 
Not applicable.
 
 
19
 
 
PART II
 
ITEM 5.   MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
 
The Company’s common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Market, under the symbol “PEBK.” Market makers for the Company’s shares include Raymond James Financial, Inc. and Hovde Group, LLC.
 
Although the payment of dividends by the Company is subject to certain requirements and limitations of North Carolina corporate law, neither the Commissioner nor the FDIC have promulgated any regulations specifically limiting the right of the Company to pay dividends and repurchase shares. However, the ability of the Company to pay dividends and repurchase shares may be dependent upon, among other things, the Company’s receipt of dividends from the Bank. The Bank’s ability to pay dividends is limited. North Carolina commercial banks, such as the Bank, are subject to legal limitations on the amount of dividends they are permitted to pay. Dividends may be paid by the Bank from undivided profits, which are determined by deducting and charging certain items against actual profits, including any contributions to surplus required by North Carolina law. Also, an insured depository institution, such as the Bank, is prohibited from making capital distributions, including the payment of dividends, if, after making such distribution, the institution would become “undercapitalized” (as such term is defined in the applicable law and regulations). Based on its current financial condition, the Bank does not expect that this provision will have any impact on the Bank’s ability to pay dividends. See Supervision and Regulation under Item 1 Business.
 
As of March 9, 2018, the Company had 662 shareholders of record, not including the number of persons or entities   whose stock is held in nominee or street name through various brokerage firms or banks. The closing market price for the Company’s common stock was $29.31 on March 9, 2018.
 
The following table presents certain market and dividend information for the last two fiscal years. Over-the-counter quotations reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark down or commission and may not necessarily represent actual transactions. Stock prices and cash dividends per share have been adjusted for the 10% stock dividend paid on December 15, 2017.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash Dividend
 
2017
 
Low Bid
 
 
High Bid
 
 
Per Share
 
First Quarter
  $ 20.38  
    28.54  
    0.11  
 
       
       
       
Second Quarter
  $ 19.65  
    29.91  
    0.11  
 
       
       
       
Third Quarter
  $ 26.00  
    36.12  
    0.11  
 
       
       
       
Fourth Quarter
  $ 27.73  
    34.55  
    0.11  
 
 
       
       
 
Cash Dividend
 
2016
 
Low Bid
 
 
High Bid
 
 
Per Share
 
First Quarter
  $ 16.62  
    17.59  
    0.07  
 
       
       
       
Second Quarter
  $ 16.74  
    18.05  
    0.09  
 
       
       
       
Third Quarter
  $ 17.51  
    20.70  
    0.09  
 
       
       
       
Fourth Quarter
  $ 18.00  
    24.45  
    0.09  
 
 
 
20
 
 
STOCK PERFORMANCE GRAPH
 
The following graph compares the Company’s cumulative shareholder return on its common stock with a NASDAQ index and with a southeastern bank index. The graph was prepared by S&P Global Market Intelligence, using data as of December 31, 2017.
 
 
COMPARISON OF SIX-YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURNS
Performance Report for
Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.
 
 
 
        Period Ending  
Index
 
12/31/12
 
 
12/31/13
 
 
12/31/14
 
 
12/31/15
 
 
12/31/16
 
 
12/31/17
 
Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.
    100.00  
    157.33  
    201.73  
    220.12  
    290.70  
    397.96  
NASDAQ Composite Index
    100.00  
    140.12  
    160.78  
    171.97  
    187.22  
    242.71  
SNL Southeast Bank Index
    100.00  
    135.52  
    152.63  
    150.24  
    199.45  
    246.72  
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
Source: S&P Global Market Intelligence
       
       
       
       
       
       
© 2017
       
       
       
       
       
       
 
 
21
 
 
The information required by Item 201(d) concerning securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans is set forth in Item 12 hereof .
 
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES                          
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Period
 
Total
Number of
Shares
Purchased
 
 
 
Average
Price Paid
per Share
 
 
Total
Number of
Shares
Purchased as
Part of
Publicly
Announced
Plans or
Programs (2)
 
 
Maximum Number
(or Approximate
Dollar Value) of
Shares that May
Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans or
Programs (3)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
January 1 - 31, 2017
  1,113
 
 $24.09
  - 
 $16,180 
 
    
 
    
    
    
February 1 - 28, 2017
  - 
 
  - 
  - 
 $16,180 
 
    
 
    
    
    
March 1 - 31, 2017
  323
 
  25.23
  - 
 $16,180 
 
    
 
    
    
    
April 1 - 30, 2017
  639
 
  27.40
  - 
 $16,180 
 
    
 
    
    
    
May 1 - 31, 2017
  413
 
  25.58
  - 
 $16,180 
 
    
 
    
    
    
June 1 - 30, 2017
  - 
 
  - 
  - 
 $16,180 
 
    
 
    
    
    
July 1 - 31, 2017
  853
 
  34.13
  - 
 $16,180 
 
    
 
    
    
    
August 1 - 31, 2017
  - 
 
  - 
  - 
 $16,180 
 
    
 
    
    
    
September 1 - 30, 2017
  217 
 
  27.73
  - 
 $16,180 
 
    
 
    
    
    
October 1 - 31, 2017
  669
 
  30.87
  - 
 $16,180 
 
    
 
    
    
    
November 1 - 30, 2017
  347
 
  30.67
  - 
 $16,180 
 
    
 
    
    
    
December 1 - 31, 2017
  - 
 
  - 
  - 
 $16,180 
 
    
 
    
    
    
Total
  4,574
(1)
 $28.30
  - 
    
 
(1) The Company purchased 4,574 shares on the open market in the year ended December 31, 2017 for its deferred compensation plan. All purchases were funded by participant contributions to the plan.  Number of shares purchased and average price paid per share have been adjusted for the 10% stock dividend paid in December 2017.
 
       
 
       
       
       
(2) Reflects shares purchased under the 2016 Stock Repurchase Plan authorized by the Company's Board of Directors in 2016.
 
       
 
       
       
       
(3) Reflects dollar value of shares that may yet be purchased under the Stock Repurchase Plan authorized by the Company's Board of Directors in 2016.
 
ITEM 6.      SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
The information required by this Item is set forth in the section captioned "Selected Financial Data" on page A-3 of the Annual Report, which Annual Report is included in this Form 10-K as Exhibit (13). The section captioned "Selected Financial Data" on page A-3 of the Annual Report is incorporated herein by reference.
 
 
22
 
 
ITEM 7.      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
The information required by this Item is set forth in the section captioned “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” on pages A-4 through A-23 of the Annual Report, which section is included in this Form 10-K as Exhibit (13), and which section captioned “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 7A.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
 
The information required by this Item is set forth in the section captioned “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” on page A-22 of the Annual Report, which Annual Report is included in this Form 10-K as Exhibit (13), and which section captioned “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 8.       FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
 
The consolidated financial statements of the Company and supplementary data are set forth on pages A-24 through A-66 of the Annual Report, which Annual Report is included in this Form 10-K as Exhibit (13). The consolidated financial statements of the Company and supplementary data set forth on pages A-24 through A-66 of the Annual Report are incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 9.       CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
 
None.
 
ITEM 9A.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
 
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
The Company’s management, under the supervision and with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, has concluded, based on their evaluation as of the end of the period covered by this Report, that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13A-15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act) are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports filed or submitted by it under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the applicable rules and forms and include controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in such reports is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
 
Changes in Internal Controls over Financial Reporting
There have been no changes in internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2017 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Controls over Financial Reporting
The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company, (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
 
23
 
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017. In making this assessment, management used the criteria established in “Internal Control – Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013. Based on our assessment and those criteria, management believes that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017.
 
 Elliott Davis, PLLC, an independent, registered public accounting firm, has audited the Company’s consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2017, and audited the Company’s effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, as stated in their report, which is included in Item 8 hereof.
 
ITEM 9B.    OTHER INFORMATION
 
None
 
PART III
 
ITEM 10.     DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
 
The information required by this Item is set forth under the sections captioned “Director Nominees”, “Executive Officers of the Company “, “Security Ownership Of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management, “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance”, “Code of Business Conduct and Ethics”, “Board Committees – Governance Committee” and “Board Committees – Audit and Enterprise Risk Committee” contained in the Proxy Statement, which sections are incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 11.     EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
The information required by this Item is set forth under the section captioned “Compensation Discussion and Analysis”, “Summary Compensation Table”, “Grants of Plan-Based Awards”, “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End”, “Option Exercises and Stock Vested”, “Pension Benefits”, “Nonqualified Deferred Compensation”, “Employment Agreements”, “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control”, “Omnibus Stock Option and Long Term Incentive Plan”, “Director Compensation”, “Compensation Committee – Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” and “Compensation Committee – Compensation Committee Report” contained in the Proxy Statement, which sections are incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 12. 
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
 
For the information required by the Item see the section captioned “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” contained in the Proxy Statement, which section is incorporated herein by reference.
 
The following table presents the number of shares of Company common stock to be issued upon the exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights; the weighted-average price of the outstanding options, warrants and rights and the number of options, warrants and rights remaining that may be issued under the Company’s Omnibus Plan described under the section captioned “Omnibus Stock Option and Long Term Incentive Plan” contained in the Proxy Statement.
 
 
24
 
 
Plan Category
 
Number of securities
to be issued upon
exercise of
outstanding option,
warrants and rights
(1), (2), (3)
 
 
Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
(4)
 
 
Number of securities remaining
available for future issuance under
equity compensation plans
(excluding securities reflected in
column (a)) (5), (6)
 
 
 
(a)
 
 
(b)
 
 
(c)
 
Equity compensation plans
approved by security holders
    25,801  
  $ 30.69  
    284,658  
Equity compensation plans not
approved by security holders
    -  
    -  
    -  
Total
    25,801  
  $ 30.69  
    284,658  
 
(1) Includes 16,583 restricted stock units granted on February 19, 2015 (adjusted for the 10% stock dividend paid December 15, 2017) under the Omnibus Plan. These restricted stock grants vest on February 19, 2019.
 
(2) Includes 5,104 restricted stock units granted on February 18, 2016 (adjusted for the 10% stock dividend paid December 15, 2017) under the Omnibus Plan. These restricted stock grants vest on February 20, 2020.
 
(3) Includes 4,144 restricted stock units granted on March 1, 2017 (adjusted for the 10% stock dividend paid December 15, 2017) under the Omnibus Plan. These restricted stock grants vest on March 1, 2021.
 
(4) The exercise price used for the grants of restricted stock units under the Omnibus Plan is $30.69, the closing price for the Company’s stock on December 31, 2017.
 
(5) Reflects shares currently reserved for possible issuance under the Omnibus Plan.
 
(6) Adjusted for the 10% stock dividend paid December 15, 2017.

ITEM 13.      CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
 
See the sections captioned “Indebtedness of and Transactions with Management and Directors” and “Board Leadership Structure and Risk Oversight” contained in the Proxy Statement, which sections are incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 14.       PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
 
See the section captioned “Proposal 2 - Ratification of Selection of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” contained in the Proxy Statement, which section is incorporated herein by reference.
 
 
25
 
 
PART IV
 
ITEM 15.     EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
15(a)1. 
Consolidated Financial Statements (contained in the Annual Report attached hereto as Exhibit (13) and incorporated herein by reference)
 
(a) 
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
(b) 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2017 and 2016
 
(c) 
Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015
 
(d) 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015
 
(e) 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015
 
(f) 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015
 
(g) 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
15(a)2. 
Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules
 
All schedules have been omitted, as the required information is either inapplicable or included in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
15(a)3. 
Exhibits
 
Articles of Amendment dated December 19, 2008, regarding the Series A Preferred Stock, incorporated by reference to Exhibit (3)(1) to the Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 29, 2008
 
Articles of Amendment dated February 26, 2010 incorporated by reference to Exhibit (3)(2) to the Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 25, 2010
 
Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant, incorporated by reference to Exhibit (3)(i) to the Form 8-A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 2, 1999
 
Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, incorporated by reference to Exhibit (3)(ii) to the Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 24, 2015
 
Specimen Stock Certificate, incorporated by reference to Exhibit (4) to the Form 8-A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 2, 1999
 
Amended and Restated Executive Salary Continuation Agreement between Peoples Bank and Tony W. Wolfe dated December 18, 2008, incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(a)(iii) to the Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 29, 2008
 
 
26
 
 
Amended and Restated Executive Salary Continuation Agreement between Peoples Bank and Joseph F. Beaman, Jr. dated December 18, 2008, incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(b)(iii) to the Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 29, 2008
 
Amended and Restated Executive Salary Continuation Agreement between Peoples Bank and William D. Cable, Sr. dated December 18, 2008, incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(c)(iii) to the Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 29, 2008
 
Employment Agreement dated January 22, 2015 between the Registrant and William D. Cable, Sr., incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(c) to the Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 9, 2015
 
Amended and Restated Executive Salary Continuation Agreement between Peoples Bank and Lance A. Sellers dated December 18, 2008, incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(d)(iii) to the Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 29, 2008
 
Employment Agreement dated January 22, 2015 between the Registrant and Lance A. Sellers, incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(a) to the Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 9, 2015
 
Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. Omnibus Stock Ownership and Long Term Incentive Plan incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(f) to the Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 30, 2000
 
Amendment No. 1 to the Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. Omnibus Stock Ownership and Long Term Incentive Plan incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(e)(i) to the Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 15, 2007
 
Amended and Restated Executive Salary Continuation Agreement between Peoples Bank and A. Joseph Lampron, Jr. dated December 18, 2008, incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(f)(iii) to the Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 29, 2008
 
Employment Agreement dated January 22, 2015 between the Registrant and A. Joseph Lampron, Jr., incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(b) to the Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 9, 2015
 
Peoples Bank Directors’ and Officers’ Deferral Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(h) to the Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 28, 2002
 
Rabbi Trust for the Peoples Bank Directors’ and Officers’ Deferral Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(i) to the Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 28, 2002
 
Description of Service Recognition Program maintained by Peoples Bank, incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(i) to the Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 27, 2003
 
Capital Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of June 26, 2006, by and among the Registrant, PEBK Capital Trust II and Bear, Sterns Securities Corp., incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(j) to the Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 13, 2006
 
 
27
 
 
Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of PEBK Capital Trust II, dated as of June 28, 2006, incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(k) to the Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 13, 2006
 
Guarantee Agreement of the Registrant dated as of June 28, 2006, incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(l) to the Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 13, 2006
 
Indenture, dated as of June 28, 2006, by and between the Registrant and LaSalle Bank National Association, as Trustee, relating to Junior Subordinated Debt Securities Due September 15, 2036, incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(m) to the Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 13, 2006
 
Form of Amended and Restated Director Supplemental Retirement Agreement between Peoples Bank and Directors Robert C. Abernethy, James S. Abernethy, Douglas S. Howard, John W. Lineberger, Jr., Gary E. Matthews, Dr. Billy L Price, Jr., Larry E Robinson, W. Gregory Terry, Dan Ray Timmerman, Sr., and Benjamin I. Zachary, incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(n) to the Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 29, 2008
 
2009 Omnibus Stock Ownership and Long Term Incentive Plan incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(o) to the Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 20, 2009
 
First Amendment to Amended and Restated Executive Salary Continuation Agreement between Peoples Bank and Lance A. Sellers dated February 16, 2018
 
First Amendment to Amended and Restated Executive Salary Continuation Agreement between Peoples Bank and A. Joseph Lampron, Jr. dated February 16, 2018
 
First Amendment to Amended and Restated Executive Salary Continuation Agreement between Peoples Bank and William D. Cable, Jr. dated February 16, 2018
 
Statement regarding computation of per share earnings
 
Statement regarding computation of ratios
 
2017 Annual Report of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.
 
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc., incorporated by reference to Exhibit (14) to the Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 25, 2005
 
Letter from Porter Keadle Moore, LLC, regarding change in certifying accountant, dated June 23, 2015, which is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 16.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 23, 2015
 
Subsidiaries of the Registrant
 
Consent of Elliott Davis, PLLC
 
Certification of principal executive officer pursuant to section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
 
28
 
 
Certification of principal financial officer pursuant to section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
Exhibit (101) 
The following materials from the Company’s 10-K Report for the annual period ended December 31, 2017, formatted in XBRL: (i) the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Earnings, (iii) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iv) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity, (v) the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (vi) the Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements, tagged as blocks of text.*
 
*Furnished, not filed.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
29
 
 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
 
 
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.
 
 
(Registrant)  
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:  
/s/  Lance A. Sellers
 
 
 
Lance A. Sellers
 
 
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date: March 15, 2018  
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:
 
 
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Lance A. Sellers
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
March 15, 2018
Lance A. Sellers
 
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ James S. Abernethy
 
Director
 
March 15, 2018
James S. Abernethy
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Robert C. Abernethy
 
Chairman of the Board and Director
 
March 15, 2018
Robert C. Abernethy
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Douglas S. Howard
 
Director
 
March 15, 2018
Douglas S. Howard
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ A. Joseph Lampron, Jr.
 
Executive Vice President and Chief
 
March 15, 2018
A. Joseph Lampron, Jr.
 
Financial Officer (Principal Financial
 
 
 
 
and Principal Accounting Officer)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ John W. Lineberger, Jr.
 
Director
 
March 15, 2018
John W. Lineberger, Jr.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Gary E. Matthews
 
Director
 
March 15, 2018
Gary E. Matthews
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Billy L. Price, Jr., M.D.
 
Director
 
March 15, 2018
Billy L. Price, Jr., M.D.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Larry E. Robinson
 
Director
 
March 15, 2018
Larry E. Robinson
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ William Gregory Terry
 
Director
 
March 15, 2018
William Gregory Terry
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Dan Ray Timmerman, Sr.
 
Director
 
March 15, 2018
Dan Ray Timmerman, Sr.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Benjamin I. Zachary
 
Director
 
March 15, 2018
Benjamin I. Zachary
 
 
 
 
 
 
29
 
EXHIBIT (10)(xx)
 
FIRST AMENDMENT
TO AMENDED AND RESTATED
EXECUTIVE SALARY CONTINUATION
AGREEMENT
 
 
THIS FIRST AMENDMENT, made and entered into this 16 th day of February, 2018, by and between Peoples Bank, a Bank organized and existing under the laws of the State of North Carolina, hereinafter referred to as “the Bank”, and Lance A. Sellers, a Key Employee and Executive of the Bank, hereinafter referred to as “the Executive”.
 
W I T N E S S E T H:
 
WHEREAS, the Bank and the Executive previously entered into an Amended and Restated Executive Salary Continuation Agreement dated the 18 th day of December, 2008 between Peoples Bank and Lance A. Sellers, that provided for the payment of certain benefits (the “2008 Agreement”); and
 
WHEREAS, the Bank and the Executive desire to amend the 2008 Agreement in order to increase the benefit provided, to amend the Index Benefit provisions of the 2008 Agreement, and to make certain other clarifying changes.
 
NOW, THEREFORE the 2008 Agreement is hereby amended as follows, effective February 16, 2018:
 
1.          Subparagraph I.F. is hereby amended by deleting that subparagraph in its entirety, and replacing it with a new Subparagraph I.F. to read as follows:
 
F.            
Index Retirement Benefit
 
The “Index Retirement Benefit” for the Executive for any year shall be equal to the amount shown on Exhibit A-3 of this Agreement.
 
2.          Subparagraph I.G. is hereby amended by deleting that subparagraph in its entirety, and replacing it with a new Subparagraph I.G. to read as follows:
 
G.           
[Reserved]
 
3.          Subparagraph I.H. is hereby amended by deleting that subparagraph in its entirety, and replacing it with a new Subparagraph I.H. to read as follows:
 
H.           
[Reserved]
 
 
 
 
4.          Subparagraph III.A. is hereby amended by deleting that subparagraph in its entirety, and replacing it with a new Subparagraph III.A. to read as follows:
 
A.          
Retirement Benefits :
 
Should the Executive continue to be employed by the Bank until “Normal Retirement Age” defined in Subparagraph I(J), the Executive shall be entitled to receive an annual benefit equal to the sum of the amount set forth in Exhibit A-1 and the amount set forth in Exhibit A-1A, in equal monthly installments [1/12 th of the annual benefit for a period of thirteen (13) years]. Said payments to commence thirty (30) days following the Executive’s Retirement Date. Upon completion of the aforestated payments and commencing the next month subsequent thereto, the Index Retirement Benefit [Subparagraph I(F)] shall be paid to the Executive until his death at which time said benefit shall cease.
 
5.          Subparagraph III.B. is hereby amended by deleting that subparagraph in its entirety, and replacing it with a new Subparagraph III.B. to read as follows:
 
B.           
Early Retirement Benefits :
 
Subject to Subparagraph III(F), should the Executive elect Early Retirement or be discharged without cause by the Bank subsequent to the Early Retirement Date [Subparagraph I(D)], the Executive shall be entitled to receive a reduced annual benefit amount as set forth in Exhibit A-2, based on the Executive’s age at Early Retirement. Said payments to commence thirty (30) days following the Executive’s Early Retirement Date. Such payments shall be made in equal monthly installments [1/12 th of the annual benefit for a period of thirteen (13) years]. Upon completion of the aforestated payments and commencing the next month subsequent thereto, the Executive shall be entitled to receive a reduced Index Retirement Benefit [Subparagraph I(F)] amount as set forth in Exhibit A-2, based on the Executive’s age at Early Retirement, which benefit shall be paid to the Executive until his death at which time said benefit shall cease. For the avoidance of doubt, when Early Retirement occurs prior to age sixty-five (65), the reduced annual benefit as set forth in Exhibit A-2, based on the Executive’s age at Early Retirement, will apply to the age sixty-six (66) benefit listed on Exhibit A-1, to the age sixty-six benefit listed on Exhibit A-1A, and to the Index Retirement Benefit listed on Exhibit A-3.
 
6.          Subparagraph III.C. is hereby amended by deleting the last sentence of that subparagraph and replacing it with the following:
 
The vesting schedule for the Exhibit A-1 portion of the Termination of Service benefit is as follows:
 
Years Employed Since Effective Date of Plan
Percentage That Vests in That Year
1
30.0%
2-5
17.5%
 
 
2
 
The vesting schedule for the Exhibit A-1A portion of the Termination of Service benefit is as follows:
 
Years Employed Since Date of Award of Increased Benefit
Percentage That Vests in That Year
1-3
33.33%
 
 
7.          Subparagraph III.E. is hereby amended by deleting that subparagraph in its entirety, and replacing it with a new Subparagraph III.E. to read as follows:
 
E.   Death
 
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, should the Executive die after becoming entitled to receive payments under Subparagraphs III. A, B, C, or D (including benefits the Executive is entitled to receive due to a Change in Control), but prior to having received the total amount of payments the Executive may be entitled to receive as set forth in the applicable subparagraph, the unpaid balance shall be paid in a lump sum to the individual or individuals designated in writing by the Executive on a beneficiary designation form provided by and filed with the Bank. The payment shall be made on the first business day of the second month following the date of the Executive’s death. In the absence of or a failure to designate a beneficiary, the unpaid balance shall be paid in a lump sum to the personal representative of the Executive’s estate on the first business day of the second month following the date of the Executive’s death. If, upon death, the Executive shall have received the total benefit as provided herein, then no further benefit shall be due hereunder. In any event, upon the death of the Executive, the Executive’s beneficiary shall not be entitled to receive any Index Retirement Benefit.
 
8.          A new Exhibit A-1A is hereby added to the 2008 Agreement immediately following Exhibit A-1, to read as follows:
 
Exhibit A-1A
For
Lance A. Sellers
 
End of Year Age
Benefit Amount
65
$15,000
66
$30,000
67
$30,000
68
$30,000
69
$30,000
70
$30,000
71
$30,000
72
$30,000
73
$30,000
74
$30,000
75
$30,000
76
$30,000
77
$30,000
78
$15,000
 
 
3
 
 
9 .           A new Exhibit A-3 is hereby added to the 2008 Agreement, immediately following Exhibit A-2, to read as follows:
 
Exhibit A-3
For
Lance A. Sellers
 
End of Year Age
Benefit Amount
78
$23,500
79
$23,500
80
$23,500
81
$23,500
82
$23,500
83
$23,500
84
$23,500
 
In all other respects, the 2008 Agreement shall remain in full force and effect without modification.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this First Amendment has been executed this 16 th day of February, 2018.
 
 
PEOPLES BANK
 
 
By:    /s/ /s/ Anthony J. Lampron, Jr.              
Title: EVP/CFO                                              
 
 
EXECUTIVE
 
 
/s/ Lance A. Sellers                                          
 
 
 
4
 
EXHIBIT (10)(xxi)
 
FIRST AMENDMENT
TO AMENDED AND RESTATED
EXECUTIVE SALARY CONTINUATION
AGREEMENT
 
 
THIS FIRST AMENDMENT, made and entered into this 16 th day of February, 2018, by and between Peoples Bank, a Bank organized and existing under the laws of the State of North Carolina, hereinafter referred to as “the Bank”, and Anthony J. Lampron, Jr., a Key Employee and Executive of the Bank, hereinafter referred to as “the Executive”.
 
W I T N E S S E T H:
 
WHEREAS, the Bank and the Executive previously entered into an Amended and Restated Executive Salary Continuation Agreement dated the 18 th day of December, 2008 between Peoples Bank and Anthony J. Lampron, Jr., that provided for the payment of certain benefits (the “2008 Agreement”); and
 
WHEREAS, the Bank and the Executive desire to amend the 2008 Agreement in order to increase the benefit provided, to amend the Index Benefit provisions of the 2008 Agreement, and to make certain other clarifying changes.
 
NOW, THEREFORE the 2008 Agreement is hereby amended as follows, effective February 16, 2018:
 
1.          Subparagraph I.F. is hereby amended by deleting that subparagraph in its entirety, and replacing it with a new Subparagraph I.F. to read as follows:
 
F.        Index Retirement Benefit
 
The “Index Retirement Benefit” for the Executive for any year shall be equal to the amount shown on Exhibit A-3 of this Agreement.
 
2.          Subparagraph I.G. is hereby amended by deleting that subparagraph in its entirety, and replacing it with a new Subparagraph I.G. to read as follows:
 
G.       [Reserved]
 
3.          Subparagraph I.H. is hereby amended by deleting that subparagraph in its entirety, and replacing it with a new Subparagraph I.H. to read as follows:
 
H.       [Reserved]
 
 
 
 
4.          Subparagraph III.A. is hereby amended by deleting that subparagraph in its entirety, and replacing it with a new Subparagraph III.A. to read as follows:
 
A.          
Retirement Benefits :
 
Should the Executive continue to be employed by the Bank until “Normal Retirement Age” defined in Subparagraph I(J), the Executive shall be entitled to receive an annual benefit equal to the sum of the amount set forth in Exhibit A-1 and the amount set forth in Exhibit A-1A, in equal monthly installments [1/12 th of the annual benefit for a period of thirteen (13) years]. Said payments to commence thirty (30) days following the Executive’s Retirement Date. Upon completion of the aforestated payments and commencing the next month subsequent thereto, the Index Retirement Benefit [Subparagraph I(F)] shall be paid to the Executive until his death at which time said benefit shall cease.
 
5.          Subparagraph III.B. is hereby amended by deleting that subparagraph in its entirety, and replacing it with a new Subparagraph III.B. to read as follows:
 
            
B.         
Early Retirement Benefits :
 
Subject to Subparagraph III(F), should the Executive elect Early Retirement or be discharged without cause by the Bank subsequent to the Early Retirement Date [Subparagraph I(D)], the Executive shall be entitled to receive a reduced annual benefit amount as set forth in Exhibit A-2, based on the Executive’s age at Early Retirement. Said payments to commence thirty (30) days following the Executive’s Early Retirement Date. Such payments shall be made in equal monthly installments [1/12 th of the annual benefit for a period of thirteen (13) years]. Upon completion of the aforestated payments and commencing the next month subsequent thereto, the Executive shall be entitled to receive a reduced Index Retirement Benefit [Subparagraph I(F)] amount as set forth in Exhibit A-2, based on the Executive’s age at Early Retirement, which benefit shall be paid to the Executive until his death at which time said benefit shall cease. For the avoidance of doubt, when Early Retirement occurs prior to age sixty-five (65), the reduced annual benefit as set forth in Exhibit A-2, based on the Executive’s age at Early Retirement, will apply to the age sixty-six (66) benefit listed on Exhibit A-1, to the age sixty-six benefit listed on Exhibit A-1A, and to the Index Retirement Benefit listed on Exhibit A-3.
 
6.          Subparagraph III.C. is hereby amended by deleting the last sentence of that subparagraph and replacing it with the following:
 
The vesting schedule for the Exhibit A-1 portion of the Termination of Service benefit is as follows:
 
Years Employed Since Effective Date of Plan
Percentage That Vests in That Year
1
30.0%
2-5
17.5%
 
 
2
 
 
The vesting schedule for the Exhibit A-1A portion of the Termination of Service benefit is as follows:
 
Years Employed Since Date of Award of Increased Benefit
Percentage That Vests in That Year
1-3
33.33%
 
7.          Subparagraph III.E. is hereby amended by deleting that subparagraph in its entirety, and replacing it with a new Subparagraph III.E. to read as follows:
 
E.   Death
 
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, should the Executive die after becoming entitled to receive payments under Subparagraphs III. A, B, C, or D (including benefits the Executive is entitled to receive due to a Change in Control), but prior to having received the total amount of payments the Executive may be entitled to receive as set forth in the applicable subparagraph, the unpaid balance shall be paid in a lump sum to the individual or individuals designated in writing by the Executive on a beneficiary designation form provided by and filed with the Bank. The payment shall be made on the first business day of the second month following the date of the Executive’s death. In the absence of or a failure to designate a beneficiary, the unpaid balance shall be paid in a lump sum to the personal representative of the Executive’s estate on the first business day of the second month following the date of the Executive’s death. If, upon death, the Executive shall have received the total benefit as provided herein, then no further benefit shall be due hereunder. In any event, upon the death of the Executive, the Executive’s beneficiary shall not be entitled to receive any Index Retirement Benefit.
 
8.          A new Exhibit A-1A is hereby added to the 2008 Agreement immediately following Exhibit A-1, to read as follows:
 
Exhibit A-1A
For
Anthony J. Lampron, Jr.
 
End of Year Age
Benefit Amount
65
$15,000
66
$30,000
67
$30,000
68
$30,000
69
$30,000
70
$30,000
71
$30,000
72
$30,000
73
$30,000
74
$30,000
75
$30,000
76
$30,000
77
$30,000
78
$15,000
 
 
3
 
 
9 .           A new Exhibit A-3 is hereby added to the 2008 Agreement, immediately following Exhibit A-2, to read as follows:
 
Exhibit A-3
For
Anthony J. Lampron, Jr.
 
End of Year Age
Benefit Amount
78
$16,000
79
$16,000
80
$16,000
81
$16,000
82
$16,000
83
$16,000
84
$16,000
 
 
In all other respects, the 2008 Agreement shall remain in full force and effect without modification.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this First Amendment has been executed this 16 th day of February, 2018.
 
 
PEOPLES BANK
 
 
By:    /s/ William D. Cable, Sr.                            
Title: EVP/CFO                                              
 
 
EXECUTIVE
 
 
/s/ Anthony J. Lampron, Jr.                              
 

 
4
 
EXHIBIT (10)(xxii)
 
FIRST AMENDMENT
TO AMENDED AND RESTATED
EXECUTIVE SALARY CONTINUATION
AGREEMENT
 
 
THIS FIRST AMENDMENT, made and entered into this 16 th day of February, 2018, by and between Peoples Bank, a Bank organized and existing under the laws of the State of North Carolina, hereinafter referred to as “the Bank”, and William D. Cable, Sr., a Key Employee and Executive of the Bank, hereinafter referred to as “the Executive”.
 
W I T N E S S E T H:
 
WHEREAS, the Bank and the Executive previously entered into an Amended and Restated Executive Salary Continuation Agreement dated the 18 th day of December, 2008 between Peoples Bank and William D. Cable, Sr., that provided for the payment of certain benefits (the “2008 Agreement”); and
 
WHEREAS, the Bank and the Executive desire to amend the 2008 Agreement in order to increase the benefit provided, to amend the Index Benefit provisions of the 2008 Agreement, and to make certain other clarifying changes.
 
NOW, THEREFORE the 2008 Agreement is hereby amended as follows, effective February 16, 2018:
 
1.          Subparagraph I.F. is hereby amended by deleting that subparagraph in its entirety, and replacing it with a new Subparagraph I.F. to read as follows:
 
F.             Index Retirement Benefit
 
The “Index Retirement Benefit” for the Executive for any year shall be equal to the amount shown on Exhibit A-3 of this Agreement.
 
2.          Subparagraph I.G. is hereby amended by deleting that subparagraph in its entirety, and replacing it with a new Subparagraph I.G. to read as follows:
 
G.            [Reserved]
 
3.          Subparagraph I.H. is hereby amended by deleting that subparagraph in its entirety, and replacing it with a new Subparagraph I.H. to read as follows:
 
H.            [Reserved]
 
 
 
 
4.          Subparagraph III.A. is hereby amended by deleting that subparagraph in its entirety, and replacing it with a new Subparagraph III.A. to read as follows:
 
A.              Retirement Benefits :
 
Should the Executive continue to be employed by the Bank until “Normal Retirement Age” defined in Subparagraph I(J), the Executive shall be entitled to receive an annual benefit equal to the sum of the amount set forth in Exhibit A-1 and the amount set forth in Exhibit A-1A, in equal monthly installments [1/12 th of the annual benefit for a period of thirteen (13) years]. Said payments to commence thirty (30) days following the Executive’s Retirement Date. Upon completion of the aforestated payments and commencing the next month subsequent thereto, the Index Retirement Benefit [Subparagraph I(F)] shall be paid to the Executive until his death at which time said benefit shall cease.
 
5.          Subparagraph III.B. is hereby amended by deleting that subparagraph in its entirety, and replacing it with a new Subparagraph III.B. to read as follows:
 
B.            Early Retirement Benefits :
 
Subject to Subparagraph III(F), should the Executive elect Early Retirement or be discharged without cause by the Bank subsequent to the Early Retirement Date [Subparagraph I(D)], the Executive shall be entitled to receive a reduced annual benefit amount as set forth in Exhibit A-2, based on the Executive’s age at Early Retirement. Said payments to commence thirty (30) days following the Executive’s Early Retirement Date. Such payments shall be made in equal monthly installments [1/12 th of the annual benefit for a period of thirteen (13) years]. Upon completion of the aforestated payments and commencing the next month subsequent thereto, the Executive shall be entitled to receive a reduced Index Retirement Benefit [Subparagraph I(F)] amount as set forth in Exhibit A-2, based on the Executive’s age at Early Retirement, which benefit shall be paid to the Executive until his death at which time said benefit shall cease. For the avoidance of doubt, when Early Retirement occurs prior to age sixty-five (65), the reduced annual benefit as set forth in Exhibit A-2, based on the Executive’s age at Early Retirement, will apply to the age sixty-six (66) benefit listed on Exhibit A-1, to the age sixty-six benefit listed on Exhibit A-1A, and to the Index Retirement Benefit listed on Exhibit A-3.
 
 
2
 
 
6.          Subparagraph III.C. is hereby amended by deleting the last sentence of that subparagraph and replacing it with the following:
 
The vesting schedule for the Exhibit A-1 portion of the Termination of Service benefit is as follows:
 
Years Employed Since Effective Date of Plan
Percentage That Vests in That Year
1
30.0%
2-5
17.5%
 
The vesting schedule for the Exhibit A-1A portion of the Termination of Service benefit is as follows:
 
Years Employed Since Date of Award of Increased Benefit
Percentage That Vests in That Year
1-3
33.33%
 
7.          Subparagraph III.E. is hereby amended by deleting that subparagraph in its entirety, and replacing it with a new Subparagraph III.E. to read as follows:
 
E.   Death
 
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, should the Executive die after becoming entitled to receive payments under Subparagraphs III. A, B, C, or D (including benefits the Executive is entitled to receive due to a Change in Control), but prior to having received the total amount of payments the Executive may be entitled to receive as set forth in the applicable subparagraph, the unpaid balance shall be paid in a lump sum to the individual or individuals designated in writing by the Executive on a beneficiary designation form provided by and filed with the Bank. The payment shall be made on the first business day of the second month following the date of the Executive’s death. In the absence of or a failure to designate a beneficiary, the unpaid balance shall be paid in a lump sum to the personal representative of the Executive’s estate on the first business day of the second month following the date of the Executive’s death. If, upon death, the Executive shall have received the total benefit as provided herein, then no further benefit shall be due hereunder. In any event, upon the death of the Executive, the Executive’s beneficiary shall not be entitled to receive any Index Retirement Benefit.
 
 
3
 
 
8.           A new Exhibit A-1A is hereby added to the 2008 Agreement immediately following Exhibit A-1, to read as follows:
 
Exhibit A-1A
For
William D. Cable, Sr.
 
End of Year Age
Benefit Amount
65
$15,000
66
$30,000
67
$30,000
68
$30,000
69
$30,000
70
$30,000
71
$30,000
72
$30,000
73
$30,000
74
$30,000
75
$30,000
76
$30,000
77
$30,000
78
$15,000
 
9 .           A new Exhibit A-3 is hereby added to the 2008 Agreement, immediately following Exhibit A-2, to read as follows:
 
Exhibit A-3
For
William D. Cable, Sr.
 
End of Year Age
Benefit Amount
78
$12,200
79
$12,200
80
$12,200
81
$12,200
82
$12,200
83
$12,200
84
$12,200
 
In all other respects, the 2008 Agreement shall remain in full force and effect without modification.
 
 
4
 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this First Amendment has been executed this 16 th day of February, 2018.
 
 
PEOPLES BANK
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:  
/s/ A. Joseph Lampron, Jr.
 
 
Title:  
EVP/CFO  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXECUTIVE
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:  
/s/ William D. Cable, Sr.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5
 
 
EXHIBIT (11)
 
STATEMENT REGARDING COMPUTATION OF PER SHARE EARNINGS
 
The computation of earnings per share is contained in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and is incorporated herein by reference.
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT (12)
 
STATEMENT REGARDING COMPUTATION OF RATIOS
 
The averages used in computing the performance ratios provided in Item 6 represent average daily balances.
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT (13)
 
The Annual Report to Security Holders is Appendix A to the Proxy Statement for the 2018 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
APPENDIX A
 
ANNUAL REPORT
OF
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.
 
General Description of Business
Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. (“Bancorp”), was formed in 1999 to serve as the holding company for Peoples Bank (the “Bank”). Bancorp is a bank holding company registered with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHCA”). Bancorp’s principal source of income is dividends declared and paid by the Bank on its capital stock, if any. Bancorp has no operations and conducts no business of its own other than owning the Bank. Accordingly, the discussion of the business which follows concerns the business conducted by the Bank, unless otherwise indicated. Bancorp and its wholly owned subsidiary, the Bank, along with the Bank’s wholly owned subsidiaries are collectively called the “Company”.
 
The Bank, founded in 1912, is a state-chartered commercial bank serving the citizens and business interests of the Catawba Valley and surrounding communities through 19 banking offices, as of December 31, 2017, located in Lincolnton, Newton, Denver, Catawba, Conover, Maiden, Claremont, Hiddenite, Hickory, Charlotte, Cornelius, Mooresville and Raleigh, North Carolina. The Bank also operates loan production offices in Denver and Durham, North Carolina. At December 31, 2017, the Company had total assets of $1.1 billion, net loans of $753.4 million, deposits of $907.0 million, total securities of $231.2 million, and shareholders’ equity of $116.0 million.
 
The Bank operates three banking offices focused on the Latino population that were formerly operated as a division of the Bank under the name Banco de la Gente (“Banco”). These offices are now branded as Bank branches and considered a separate market territory of the Bank as they offer normal and customary banking services as are offered in the Bank’s other branches such as the taking of deposits and the making of loans.
 
The Bank has a diversified loan portfolio, with no foreign loans and few agricultural loans. Real estate loans are predominately variable rate and fixed rate commercial property loans, which include residential development loans to commercial customers. Commercial loans are spread throughout a variety of industries with no one particular industry or group of related industries accounting for a significant portion of the commercial loan portfolio. The majority of the Bank’s deposit and loan customers are individuals and small to medium-sized businesses located in the Bank’s market area. The Bank’s loan portfolio also includes Individual Taxpayer Identification Number (ITIN) mortgage loans generated thorough the Bank’s Banco offices. Additional discussion of the Bank’s loan portfolio and sources of funds for loans can be found in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” on pages A-4 through A-23 of the Annual Report, which is included in this Form 10-K as Exhibit (13).
 
The operations of the Bank and depository institutions in general are significantly influenced by general economic conditions and by related monetary and fiscal policies of depository institution regulatory agencies, including the Federal Reserve, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) and the North Carolina Commissioner of Banks (the “Commissioner”).
 
The Company’s fiscal year ends December 31. This Form 10-K is also being used as the Bank’s Annual Disclosure Statement under FDIC Regulations. This Form 10-K has not been reviewed, or confirmed for accuracy or relevance by the FDIC.
 
At December 31, 2017, the Company employed 302 full-time employees and 33 part-time employees, which equated to 326 full-time equivalent employees.
 
Subsidiaries
The Bank is a subsidiary of the Company. At December 31, 2017, the Bank had four subsidiaries, Peoples Investment Services, Inc., Real Estate Advisory Services, Inc., Community Bank Real Estate Solutions, LLC (“CBRES”) and PB Real Estate Holdings, LLC. Through a relationship with Raymond James Financial Services, Inc., Peoples Investment Services, Inc. provides the Bank’s customers access to investment counseling and non-deposit investment products such as stocks, bonds, mutual funds, tax deferred annuities, and related brokerage services. Real Estate Advisory Services, Inc. provides real estate appraisal and real estate brokerage services. CBRES serves as a “clearing-house” for appraisal services for community banks. Other banks are able to contract with CBRES to find and engage appropriate appraisal companies in the area where the property to be appraised is located. This type of service ensures that the appraisal process remains independent from the financing process within the Bank. PB Real Estate Holdings, LLC acquires, manages and disposes of real property, other collateral and other assets obtained in the ordinary course of collecting debts previously contracted.
 
 
A-1
 
 
In June 2006, the Company formed a wholly owned Delaware statutory trust, PEBK Capital Trust II (“PEBK Trust II”), which issued $20.0 million of guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in the Company’s junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures. All of the common securities of PEBK Trust II are owned by the Company. The proceeds from the issuance of the common securities and the trust preferred securities were used by PEBK Trust II to purchase $20.6 million of junior subordinated debentures of the Company, which pay a floating rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus 163 basis points. The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of the junior subordinated debentures were used in December 2006 to repay the trust preferred securities issued in December 2001 by PEBK Capital Trust, a wholly owned Delaware statutory trust of the Company, and for general purposes. The debentures represent the sole asset of PEBK Trust II. PEBK Trust II is not included in the consolidated financial statements.
 
The trust preferred securities issued by PEBK Trust II accrue and pay quarterly at a floating rate of three-month LIBOR plus 163 basis points. The Company has guaranteed distributions and other payments due on the trust preferred securities to the extent PEBK Trust II does not have funds with which to make the distributions and other payments. The net combined effect of the trust preferred securities transaction is that the Company is obligated to make the distributions and other payments required on the trust preferred securities.
 
These trust preferred securities are mandatorily redeemable upon maturity of the debentures on June 28, 2036, or upon earlier redemption as provided in the indenture. The Company has the right to redeem the debentures purchased by PEBK Trust II, in whole or in part, which became effective on June 28, 2011. As specified in the indenture, if the debentures are redeemed prior to maturity, the redemption price will be the principal amount plus any accrued but unpaid interest.
 
 
This report contains certain forward-looking statements with respect to the financial condition, results of operations and business of the Company. These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties and are based on the beliefs and assumptions of management of the Company and on the information available to management at the time that these disclosures were prepared. These statements can be identified by the use of words like “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate” and “believe,” variations of these words and other similar expressions. Readers should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements as a number of important factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially include, but are not limited to, (1) competition in the markets served by the Bank, (2) changes in the interest rate environment, (3) general national, regional or local economic conditions may be less favorable than expected, resulting in, among other things, a deterioration in credit quality and the possible impairment of collectibility of loans, (4) legislative or regulatory changes, including changes in accounting standards, (5) significant changes in the federal and state legal and regulatory environment and tax laws, (6) the impact of changes in monetary and fiscal policies, laws, rules and regulations and (7) other risks and factors identified in the Company’s other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Company undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statements.
 
 
A-2
 
 
 
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
 
Dollars in Thousands Except Per Share Amounts
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
 
2015
 
 
2014
 
 
2013
 
Summary of Operations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest income
  $ 41,949  
    39,809  
    38,666  
    38,420  
    36,696  
Interest expense
    2,377  
    3,271  
    3,484  
    4,287  
    5,353  
Net interest income
    39,572  
    36,538  
    35,182  
    34,133  
    31,343  
Provision for loan losses
    (507 )
    (1,206 )
    (17 )
    (699 )
    2,584  
Net interest income after provision
       
       
       
       
       
for loan losses
    40,079  
    37,744  
    35,199  
    34,832  
    28,759  
Non-interest income
    12,838  
    13,976  
    13,312  
    12,164  
    12,652  
Non-interest expense
    38,702
    39,982  
    35,778  
    35,671  
    32,841  
Earnings before income taxes
    14,215
    11,738  
    12,733  
    11,325  
    8,570  
Income tax expense
    3,947
    2,561  
    3,100  
    1,937  
    1,879  
Net earnings
    10,268  
    9,177  
    9,633  
    9,388  
    6,691  
Dividends and accretion of preferred stock
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    656  
Net earnings available to common
       
       
       
       
       
shareholders
  $ 10,268  
    9,177  
    9,633  
    9,388  
    6,035  
 
       
       
       
       
       
Selected Year-End Balances
       
       
       
       
       
Assets
  $ 1,092,166  
    1,087,991  
    1,038,481  
    1,040,494  
    1,034,684  
Investment securities available for sale
    229,321  
    249,946  
    268,530  
    281,099  
    297,890  
Net loans
    753,398  
    716,261  
    679,502  
    640,809  
    607,459  
Mortgage loans held for sale
    857  
    5,709  
    4,149  
    1,375  
    497  
Interest-earning assets
    996,509  
    999,201  
    977,079  
    956,900  
    925,736  
Deposits
    906,952  
    892,918  
    832,175  
    814,700  
    799,361  
Interest-bearing liabilities
    679,922  
    698,120  
    679,937  
    722,991  
    735,111  
Shareholders' equity
  $ 115,975  
    107,428  
    104,864  
    98,665  
    83,719  
Shares outstanding
    5,995,256  
    5,417,800  
  5,510,538
  5,612,588
  5,613,495  
 
       
       
       
       
       
Selected Average Balances
       
       
       
       
       
Assets
  $ 1,098,992  
    1,076,604  
    1,038,594  
    1,036,486  
    1,023,609  
Investment securities available for sale
    234,278  
    252,725  
    266,830  
    287,371  
    293,770  
Net loans
    741,655  
    703,484  
    669,628  
    631,025  
    614,532  
Interest-earning assets
    998,821  
    985,236  
    952,251  
    949,537  
    950,451  
Deposits
    895,129  
    856,313  
    816,628  
    808,399  
    787,640  
Interest-bearing liabilities
    700,559  
    705,291  
    707,611  
    731,786  
    741,228  
Shareholders' equity
  $ 116,883  
    113,196  
    106,644  
    96,877  
    100,241  
Shares outstanding (1)
    5,988,183  
  5,417,800
  5,510,538
  5,612,588
  5,613,495  
 
       
       
       
       
       
Profitability Ratios
       
       
       
       
       
Return on average total assets
    0.93 %
    0.85 %
    0.93 %
    0.91 %
    0.65 %
Return on average shareholders' equity
    8.78 %
    8.11 %
    9.03 %
    9.69 %
    6.67 %
Dividend payout ratio (2)
    25.67 %
    22.95 %
    16.34 %
    10.89 %
    11.17 %
 
       
       
       
       
       
Liquidity and Capital Ratios (averages)
       
       
       
       
       
Loan to deposit
    82.85 %
    82.15 %
    82.00 %
    78.06 %
    78.02 %
Shareholders' equity to total assets
    10.64 %
    10.51 %
    10.27 %
    9.35 %
    9.79 %
 
       
       
       
       
       
Per share of Common Stock (1)
       
       
       
       
       
Basic net earnings
  $ 1.71  
    1.53  
    1.57  
    1.52  
    0.98  
Diluted net earnings
  $ 1.69  
    1.50  
    1.56  
    1.51  
    0.97  
Cash dividends
  $ 0.44
    0.35  
    0.25  
    0.16  
    0.11  
Book value
  $ 19.34  
    18.03  
    17.30  
    15.98  
    13.55  
 
       
       
       
       
       
(1) Average shares outstanding and per share computations have been restated to reflect a 10% stock dividend paid during the fourth quarter of 2017.
 
       
       
       
       
       
(2) As a percentage of net earnings available to common shareholders.
 
       
       
       
 
  A-3
 
 
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
The following is a discussion of our financial position and results of operations and should be read in conjunction with the information set forth under Item 1A Risk Factors in the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K and the Company’s consolidated financial statements and notes thereto on pages A-24 through A-66.
 
Introduction
Management’s discussion and analysis of earnings and related data are presented to assist in understanding the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. (“Bancorp”), for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015. Bancorp is a registered bank holding company operating under the supervision of the Federal Reserve Board (the “FRB”) and the parent company of Peoples Bank (the “Bank”). The Bank is a North Carolina-chartered bank, with offices in Catawba, Lincoln, Alexander, Mecklenburg, Iredell, Union, Wake and Durham counties, operating under the banking laws of North Carolina and the rules and regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”).
 
Overview
Our business consists principally of attracting deposits from the general public and investing these funds in commercial loans, real estate mortgage loans, real estate construction loans and consumer loans. Our profitability depends primarily on our net interest income, which is the difference between the income we receive on our loan and investment securities portfolios and our cost of funds, which consists of interest paid on deposits and borrowed funds. Net interest income also is affected by the relative amounts of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. When interest-earning assets approximate or exceed interest-bearing liabilities, a positive interest rate spread will generate net interest income. Our profitability is also affected by the level of other income and operating expenses. Other income consists primarily of miscellaneous fees related to our loans and deposits, mortgage banking income and commissions from sales of annuities and mutual funds. Operating expenses consist of compensation and benefits, occupancy related expenses, federal deposit and other insurance premiums, data processing, advertising and other expenses.
 
Our operations are influenced significantly by local economic conditions and by policies of financial institution regulatory authorities. The earnings on our assets are influenced by the effects of, and changes in, trade, monetary and fiscal policies and laws, including interest rate policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”), inflation, interest rates, market and monetary fluctuations. Lending activities are affected by the demand for commercial and other types of loans, which in turn is affected by the interest rates at which such financing may be offered. Our cost of funds is influenced by interest rates on competing investments and by rates offered on similar investments by competing financial institutions in our market area, as well as general market interest rates. These factors can cause fluctuations in our net interest income and other income. In addition, local economic conditions can impact the credit risk of our loan portfolio, in that (1) local employers may be required to eliminate employment positions of individual borrowers, and (2) small businesses and commercial borrowers may experience a downturn in their operating performance and become unable to make timely payments on their loans. Management evaluates these factors in estimating the allowance for loan losses and changes in these economic factors could result in increases or decreases to the provision for loan losses.
 
Our business emphasis has been and continues to be to operate as a well-capitalized, profitable and independent community-oriented financial institution dedicated to providing quality customer service. We are committed to meeting the financial needs of the communities in which we operate. We expect growth to be achieved in our local markets and through expansion opportunities in contiguous or nearby markets. While we would be willing to consider growth by acquisition in certain circumstances, we do not consider the acquisition of another company to be necessary for our continued ability to provide a reasonable return to our shareholders. We believe that we can be more effective in serving our customers than many of our non-local competitors because of our ability to quickly and effectively provide senior management responses to customer needs and inquiries. Our ability to provide these services is enhanced by the stability and experience of our Bank officers and managers.
 
The Federal Reserve maintained the Federal Funds rate at 0.25% from December 2008 to December 2015 before increasing the Fed Funds rate to 0.50% on December 16, 2015, 0.75% on December 14, 2016, 1.00% on March 15, 2017, 1.25% on June 14, 2017 and 1.50% on December 13, 2017. These increases had a positive impact on earnings in 2016 and 2017 and should continue to have a positive impact on the Bank’s net interest income in future periods.
 
 
A-4
 
 
The Company plans to open a full service branch in Cary, North Carolina during the third quarter of 2018. The Company does not have specific plans for additional offices in 2018 but will continue to look for growth opportunities in nearby markets and may expand if considered a worthwhile opportunity.
 
On August 31, 2015, the FDIC and the North Carolina Office of the Commissioner of Banks (“Commissioner”) issued a Consent Order (the “Order”) in connection with compliance by the Bank with the Bank Secrecy Act and its implementing regulations (collectively, the “BSA”). The Order was issued pursuant to the consent of the Bank. In consenting to the issuance of the Order, the Bank did not admit or deny any unsafe or unsound banking practices or violations of law or regulation.
 
The Order required the Bank to take certain affirmative actions to comply with its obligations under the BSA, including, without limitation, strengthening its Board of Directors’ oversight of BSA activities; reviewing, enhancing, adopting and implementing a revised BSA compliance program; completing a BSA risk assessment; developing a revised system of internal controls designed to ensure full compliance with the BSA; reviewing and revising customer due diligence and risk assessment processes, policies and procedures; developing, adopting and implementing effective BSA training programs; assessing BSA staffing needs and resources and appointing a qualified BSA officer; establishing an independent BSA testing program; ensuring that all reports required by the BSA are accurately and properly filed and engaging an independent firm to review past account activity to determine whether suspicious activity was properly identified and reported.
 
During the third quarter of 2017 the Bank received notice that the Order was terminated effective August 30, 2017.
 
Summary of Significant and Critical Accounting Policies
The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Bancorp and its wholly owned subsidiary, the Bank, along with the Bank’s wholly owned subsidiaries, Peoples Investment Services, Inc., Real Estate Advisory Services, Inc. (“REAS”), Community Bank Real Estate Solutions, LLC (“CBRES”) and   PB Real Estate Holdings, LLC (collectively called the “Company”). All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
The Company’s accounting policies are fundamental to understanding management’s discussion and analysis of results of operations and financial condition. Many of the Company’s accounting policies require significant judgment regarding valuation of assets and liabilities and/or significant interpretation of specific accounting guidance. The following is a summary of some of the more subjective and complex accounting policies of the Company. A more complete description of the Company’s significant accounting policies can be found in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in the Company’s 2017 Annual Report to Shareholders which is Appendix A to the Proxy Statement for the May 3, 2018 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
 
The allowance for loan losses reflects management’s assessment and estimate of the risks associated with extending credit and its evaluation of the quality of the loan portfolio. The Bank periodically analyzes the loan portfolio in an effort to review asset quality and to establish an allowance for loan losses that management believes will be adequate in light of anticipated risks and loan losses.
 
Many of the Company’s assets and liabilities are recorded using various techniques that require significant judgment as to recoverability. The collectability of loans is reflected through the Company’s estimate of the allowance for loan losses. The Company performs periodic and systematic detailed reviews of its lending portfolio to assess overall collectability. In addition, certain assets and liabilities are reflected at their estimated fair value in the consolidated financial statements. Such amounts are based on either quoted market prices or estimated values derived from dealer quotes used by the Company, market comparisons or internally generated modeling techniques. The Company’s internal models generally involve present value of cash flow techniques. The various techniques are discussed in greater detail elsewhere in this management’s discussion and analysis and the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
There are other complex accounting standards that require the Company to employ significant judgment in interpreting and applying certain of the principles prescribed by those standards. These judgments include, but are not limited to, the determination of whether a financial instrument or other contract meets the definition of a derivative in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”).
 
The disclosure requirements for derivatives and hedging activities are intended to provide users of financial statements with an enhanced understanding of: (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. The disclosure requirements include qualitative disclosures about objectives and strategies for using derivatives, quantitative
 
 
A-5
 
 
disclosures about the fair value of, and gains and losses, on derivative instruments, and disclosures about credit-risk-related contingent features in derivative instruments.
 
The Company has an overall interest rate risk management strategy that has, in prior years, incorporated the use of derivative instruments to minimize significant unplanned fluctuations in earnings that are caused by interest rate volatility. When using derivative instruments, the Company is exposed to credit and market risk. If the counterparty fails to perform, credit risk is equal to the extent of the fair-value gain in the derivative. The Company minimized the credit risk in derivative instruments by entering into transactions with high-quality counterparties that were reviewed periodically by the Company. The Company did not have any interest rate derivatives outstanding as of December 31, 2017 or 2016.
 
Management of the Company has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to reporting of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities to prepare the accompanying consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
Results of Operations
Summary. The Company reported earnings of $10.3 million or $1.71 basic net earnings per share and $1.69 diluted net earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2017, as compared to $9.2 million or $1.53 basic net earnings per share and $1.50 diluted net earnings per share for the same period one year ago. The increase in year-to-date net earnings is primarily attributable to an increase in net interest income and a decrease in non-interest expense, which were partially offset by a decrease in non-interest income and a decrease in the credit to the provision for loan losses, as discussed below. Earnings for the year ended December 31, 2017 were reduced by a charge to income tax expense of $588,000 due to the revaluation of deferred taxes as required due to the passing of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“TCJA”) in December, 2017. Without this charge to earnings, the Company would have had net earnings totaling $10.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2017.
 
The Company reported earnings of $9.2 million or $1.53 basic net earnings per share and $1.50 diluted net earnings per share   for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to $9.6 million or $1.57 basic net earnings per share and $1.56 diluted net earnings per share for the for the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease in year-to-date net earnings is primarily attributable to an increase in non-interest expense, which was partially offset by an increase in net interest income, an increase in the credit to the provision for loan losses and an increase in non-interest income, as discussed below.
 
The return on average assets in 2017 was 0.93%, compared to 0.85% in 2016 and 0.93% in 2015. The return on average shareholders’ equity was 8.78% in 2017 compared to 8.11% in 2016 and 9.03% in 2015.
 
Net Interest Income. Net interest income, the major component of the Company’s net income, is the amount by which interest and fees generated by interest-earning assets exceed the total cost of funds used to carry them. Net interest income is affected by changes in the volume and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, as well as changes in the yields earned and rates paid. Net interest margin is calculated by dividing tax-equivalent net interest income by average interest-earning assets, and represents the Company’s net yield on its interest-earning assets.
 
Net interest income for 2017 was $39.6 million compared to $36.5 million in 2016. The increase in net interest income was primarily due to a $2.1 million increase in interest income, which was primarily attributable to an increase in the average outstanding balance of loans and a 0.75% increase in the prime rate since December 2016, combined with a $894,000 decrease in interest expense, which was primarily attributable to a decrease in the average outstanding balances of Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) borrowings during the year ended December 31, 2017, as compared to the same period one year ago. Net interest income increased to $36.5 million in 2016 from $35.2 million in 2015.
 
Table 1 sets forth for each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, the average amounts outstanding, the interest incurred on such amounts and the average rate earned or incurred   for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015. The table also sets forth the average rate earned on total interest-earning assets, the average rate paid on total interest-bearing liabilities, and the net yield on total average interest-earning assets for the same periods. Yield information does not give effect to changes in fair value that are reflected as a component of shareholders’ equity. Yields and interest income on tax-exempt investments have been adjusted to a tax equivalent basis using an effective tax rate of 35.98% for securities that are both federal and state tax exempt and an effective tax rate of 32.98% for federal tax exempt securities. Non-accrual loans and the interest income that was recorded on non-accrual loans, if any, are included in the yield calculations for loans in all periods reported.
 
 
A-6
 
 
Table 1- Average Balance Table
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  December 31, 2017
  December 31, 2016
  December 31, 2015
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Average
Balance
 
 
Interest
 
 
Yield /
Rate
 
 
Average
Balance
 
 
Interest
 
 
Yield /
Rate
 
 
Average
Balance
 
 
Interest
 
 
Yield /
Rate
 
Interest-earning assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest and fees on loans
  $ 741,655  
    34,888  
    4.70 %
    703,484  
    32,452  
    4.61 %
    669,628  
    31,098  
    4.64 %
Investments - taxable
    64,341  
    1,693  
    2.63 %
    78,575  
    1,925  
    2.45 %
    89,998  
    2,240  
    2.49 %
Investments - nontaxable*
    173,069  
    7,314  
    4.23 %
    178,379  
    7,577  
    4.25 %
    181,382  
    7,634  
    4.21 %
Other
    19,756  
    219  
    1.11 %
    24,798  
    123  
    0.50 %
    11,243  
    26  
    0.23 %
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Total interest-earning assets
    998,821  
    44,114  
    4.42 %
    985,236  
    42,077  
    4.27 %
    952,251  
    40,998  
    4.31 %
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Cash and due from banks
    53,805  
       
       
    44,732  
       
       
    42,483  
       
       
Other assets
    53,557  
       
       
    59,537  
       
       
    59,222  
       
       
Allowance for loan losses
    ( 7,191 )
       
       
    ( 8,884 )
       
       
    ( 10,678 )
       
       
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Total assets
  $ 1,098,992  
       
       
    1,080,621  
       
       
    1,043,278  
       
       
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Interest-bearing liabilities:
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
NOW, MMDA & savings deposits
  $ 481,455  
    598  
    0.12 %
    447,582  
    495  
    0.11 %
    418,358  
    432  
    0.10 %
Time deposits
    132,626  
    466  
    0.35 %
    150,641  
    586  
    0.39 %
    173,622  
    870  
    0.50 %
FHLB borrowings
    16,329  
    662  
    4.05 %
    42,903  
    1,661  
    3.87 %
    49,840  
    1,735  
    3.48 %
Trust preferred securities
    20,619  
    590  
    2.86 %
    20,619  
    485  
    2.35 %
    20,619  
    402  
    1.95 %
Other
    49,530  
    61  
    0.12 %
    43,546  
    44  
    0.10 %
    45,172  
    45  
    0.10 %
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    700,559  
    2,377  
    0.34 %
    705,291  
    3,271  
    0.46 %
    707,611  
    3,484  
    0.49 %
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Demand deposits
    281,048  
       
       
    258,091  
       
       
    224,648  
       
       
Other liabilities
    502  
       
       
    4,043  
       
       
    4,375  
       
       
Shareholders' equity
    116,883  
       
       
    113,196  
       
       
    106,644  
       
       
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Total liabilities and shareholder's equity
  $ 1,098,992  
       
       
    1,080,621  
       
       
    1,043,278  
       
       
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Net interest spread
       
  $ 41,737  
    4.08 %
       
  $ 38,806  
    3.81 %
       
  $ 37,514  
    3.82 %
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Net yield on interest-earning assets
       
       
    4.18 %
       
       
    3.94 %
       
       
    3.94 %
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Taxable equivalent adjustment
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
  Investment securities
       
  $ 2,165  
       
       
  $ 2,268  
       
       
  $ 2,332  
       
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Net interest income
       
  $ 39,572  
       
       
  $ 36,538  
       
       
  $ 35,182  
       

* Includes U.S. Government agency securities that are non-taxable for state income tax purposes of $40.3 million in 2017, $38.7 million in 2016 and $37.3 million in 2015. The tax rates of 3.00%, 4.00% and 5.00% were used to calculate the tax equivalent yields on these securities in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively .
 
Changes in interest income and interest expense can result from variances in both volume and rates. Table 2 describes the impact on the Company’s tax equivalent net interest income resulting from changes in average balances and average rates for the periods indicated. The changes in interest due to both volume and rate have been allocated to volume and rate changes in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the changes in each.
 
 
A-7
 
 
Table 2 - Rate/Volume Variance Analysis-Tax Equivalent Basis
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  December 31, 2017
  December 31, 2016
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Changes
in average
volume
 
 
Changes in
average
rates
 
 
Total
Increase
(Decrease)
 
 
Changes
in average
volume
 
 
Changes
in average
rates
 
 
Total
Increase
(Decrease)
 
Interest income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans: Net of unearned income
  $ 1,778  
    658  
    2,436  
    1,566  
    ( 212 )
    1,354  
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
Investments - taxable
    ( 362 )
    130  
    ( 232 )
    ( 282 )
    ( 33 )
    ( 315 )
Investments - nontaxable
    ( 225 )
    ( 38 )
    ( 263 )
    ( 127 )
    70  
    ( 57 )
Other
    (40 )
    136  
    96  
    50  
    47  
    97  
Total interest income
    1,151  
    886  
    2,037  
    1,207  
    ( 128 )
    1,079  
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
Interest expense:
       
       
       
       
       
       
NOW, MMDA & savings deposits
    40  
    63  
    103  
    31  
    32  
    63  
Time deposits
    ( 66 )
    ( 54 )
    ( 120 )
    ( 103 )
    ( 181 )
    ( 284 )
FHLB / FRB Borrowings
    ( 1,053 )
    54  
    ( 999 )
    ( 255 )
    181  
    ( 74 )
Trust Preferred Securities
    -  
    105  
    105  
    0  
    83  
    83  
Other
    7  
    10  
    17  
    ( 1 )
    0  
    (1 )
Total interest expense
    ( 1,072 )
    178  
    ( 894 )
    ( 328 )
    115  
    ( 213 )
Net interest income
  $ 2,223  
    708  
    2,931  
    1,535  
    ( 243 )
    1,292  
 
Net interest income on a tax equivalent basis totaled $41.7 million in 2017 as compared to $38.8 million in 2016. The interest rate spread, which represents the rate earned on interest-earning assets less the rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities, was 4.08% in 2017, as compared to a net interest spread of 3.81% in 2016. The net yield on interest-earning assets was 4.18% in 2017 and 3.94% in 2016.
 
Tax equivalent interest income increased $2.0 million in 2017 primarily due to   an increase in interest income resulting from an increase in the average outstanding principal balance of loans, which was partially offset by   a decrease in the average outstanding balance of investment securities. The average outstanding principal balance of loans increased $38.2 million to $741.7 million in 2017 compared to $703.5 million in 2016. The average outstanding balance of investment securities decreased $19.6 million to $237.4 million in 2017 compared to $257.0 million in 2016. The yield on interest-earning assets was 4.42% in 2017 compared to 4.27% in 2016.
 
Interest expense decreased $894,000 in 2017 compared to 2016. The decrease in interest expense is primarily due to a decrease in the average outstanding balance of FHLB borrowings and time deposits. Average interest-bearing liabilities decreased by $4.7 million to $700.6 million in 2017 compared to $705.3 million in 2016. The cost of funds decreased to 0.34% in 2017 from 0.46% in 2016.
 
In 2016 net interest income on a tax equivalent basis was $38.8 million compared to $37.5 million in 2015. The net interest spread was 3.81% in 2016 compared to 3.82% in 2015. The net yield on interest-earning assets was 3.94% in 2016 and 2015.
 
Provision for Loan Losses. Provisions for loan losses are charged to income in order to bring the total allowance for loan losses to a level deemed appropriate by management of the Company based on factors such as management’s judgment as to losses within the Bank’s loan portfolio, including the valuation of impaired loans, loan growth, net charge-offs, changes in the composition of the loan portfolio, delinquencies and management’s assessment of the quality of the loan portfolio and general economic climate.
 
The provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2017 was a credit of $507,000, as compared to a credit of $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The decrease in the credit to the provision for loan losses is primarily attributable to a $36.0 million increase in loans from December 31, 2016 to December 31, 2017. The credits to provision for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 resulted from, and were considered appropriate as part of, management’s assessment and estimate of the risks in the total loan portfolio and determination of the total allowance for loan losses. The primary factors contributing to the decrease in the allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2017 to $6.4 million from $7.6 million at December 31, 2016 were the continuing positive trends in indicators of potential losses on loans, primarily non-accrual loans and the reduction in net charge-offs since 2013, as shown in Table 3 below:
 
 
A-8
 
 
Table 3 - Net Charge-off Analysis
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net charge-offs/(recoveries)
 
 
Net charge-offs/(recoveries) as a percent
of average loans outstanding
 
 
 
Years ended December 31,
 
 
Years ended December 31,
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
 
2015
 
 
2014
 
 
2013
 
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
 
2015
 
 
2014
 
 
2013
 
Real estate loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction and land development
  $ (14 )
    (3 )
    153  
    456  
    400  
    -0.02 %
    -0.01 %
    0.25 %
    0.78 %
    0.58 %
Single-family residential
    164  
    220  
    584  
    237  
    1,613  
    0.07 %
    0.09 %
    0.27 %
    0.12 %
    0.82 %
Single-family residential -
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Banco de la Gente stated income
    -  
    -  
    95  
    174  
    131  
    0.00 %
    0.00 %
    0.21 %
    0.36 %
    0.26 %
Commercial
    (21 )
    299  
    308  
    119  
    395  
    -0.01 %
    0.12 %
    0.13 %
    0.05 %
    0.20 %
Multifamily and farmland
    66  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    0.23 %
    0.00 %
    0.00 %
    0.00 %
    0.00 %
Total real estate loans
    195  
    516  
    1,140  
    986  
    2,539  
    0.03 %
    0.09 %
    0.20 %
    0.18 %
    0.48 %
 
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
       
       
       
       
       
Loans not secured by real estate
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Commercial loans
    163  
    (25 )
    (64 )
    376  
    458  
    (0.03 %)
    (0.03 %)
    (0.07 %)
    0.53 %
    0.73 %
Farm loans
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    0.00 %
    0.00 %
    0.00 %
    0.00 %
    0.00 %
Consumer loans (1)
    319  
    342  
    400  
    358  
    509  
    3.10 %
    3.38 %
    4.00 %
    3.63 %
    5.27 %
All other loans
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    0.00 %
    0.00 %
    0.00 %
    0.00 %
    0.00 %
Total loans
  $ 677  
    833  
    1,476  
    1,720  
    3,506  
    0.09 %
    0.12 %
    0.22 %
    0.27 %
    0.57 %
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
(Reduction of) provision for loan losses
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
for the period
  $ (507 )
    (1,206 )
    (17 )
    (699 )
    2,584  
       
       
       
       
       
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Allowance for loan losses at end of period
  $ 6,366  
    7,550  
    9,589  
    11,082  
    13,501  
       
       
       
       
       
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Total loans at end of period
  $ 759,764  
    723,811  
    689,091  
    651,891  
    620,960  
       
       
       
       
       
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Non-accrual loans at end of period
  $ 3,711  
    3,825  
    8,432  
    10,728  
    13,836  
       
       
       
       
       
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Allowance for loan losses as a percent of
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
total loans outstanding at end of period
    0.84 %
    1.04 %
    1.39 %
    1.70 %
    2.17 %
       
       
       
       
       
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Non-accrual loans as a percent of
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
total loans outstanding at end of period
    0.49 %
    0.53 %
    1.22 %
    1.65 %
    2.23 %
       
       
       
       
       
 
(1) The loss ratio for consumer loans is elevated because overdraft charge-offs related to DDA and NOW accounts are reported in consumer loan charge-offs and recoveries. The net overdraft charge-offs are not considered material and are therefore not shown separately.
 
Another factor considered in taking a credit to provision expense in the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 was the decline in the construction and land development portfolio. The balance outstanding was $85.0 million at December 31, 2017 and $61.8 million at December 31, 2016, compared to the maximum balance of $213.7 million at December 31, 2008. Please see the section below entitled “Allowance for Loan Losses” for a more complete discussion of the Bank’s policy for addressing potential loan losses.
 
Non-Interest Income. Non-interest income was $12.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to $14.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The decrease in non-interest income is primarily attributable to a $729,000 decrease in gains on the sale of securities, a $341,000 decrease in service charges and fees and a $238,000 decrease in mortgage banking income during the year ended December 31, 2017, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2016.
 
Non-interest income was $14.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, compared to $13.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in non-interest income is primarily attributable to $729,000 in gains on the sale of securities during the year ended December 31, 2016 and a $298,000 increase in mortgage banking income during the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015.
 
 The Company periodically evaluates its investments for any impairment which would be deemed other-than-temporary.   No investment impairments were deemed other-than-temporary in 2017, 2016 or 2015.
 
Table 4 presents a summary of non-interest income for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.
 
 
A-9
 
 
Table 4 - Non-Interest Income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
 
2015
 
Service charges
  $ 4,453  
  $ 4,497  
    4,647  
Other service charges and fees
    593  
    890  
    931  
Gain on sale of securities
    -  
    729  
    -  
Mortgage banking income
    1,190  
    1,428  
    1,130  
Insurance and brokerage commissions
    761  
    632  
    714  
Gain/(loss) on sale and write-down of other real estate
    (239 )
    64  
    245  
Visa debit card income
    3,757  
    3,589  
    3,452  
Net appraisal management fee income
    780  
    886  
    635  
Miscellaneous
    1,543  
    1,261  
    1,558  
Total non-interest income
  $ 12,838  
  $ 13,976  
    13,312  
 
Non-Interest Expense. Non-interest expense was $38.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, as compared to $40.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The decrease in non-interest expense was primarily due to a $1.2 million decrease in professional fees and a $878,000 decrease in other non-interest expense, which were partially offset by a $794,000 increase in salaries and benefits expense during the year ended December 31, 2017, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. The decrease in professional fees is primarily due to a $1.5 million decrease in consulting fees resulting from the termination of the Order. The decrease in other non-interest expense is primarily due to a $752,000 decrease in FHLB prepayment penalties and the increase in salaries and benefits expense is primarily due to an increase in the number of full-time equivalent employees, annual salary increases and an increase in expenses associated with restricted stock units due to an increase in the Company’s stock price.
 
Non-interest expense was $40.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to $35.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in non-interest expense included: (1) a $979,000 increase in salaries and benefits expense resulting primarily from an increase in the number of full-time equivalent employees, salary increases and an increase in expenses associated with restricted stock units, (2) a $971,000 increase in professional fees primarily due to a $1.2 million increase in consulting fees due to expenses associated with the Order, (3) a $477,000 increase in occupancy expense primarily due to a $588,000 increase in equipment maintenance expense and (4) a $1.5 million increase in non-interest expenses other than salary, employee benefits and occupancy expenses primarily due to a $756,000 increase in penalties associated with the prepayment of FHLB borrowings during the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015.
 
Table 5 presents a summary of non-interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.
 
Table 5 - Non-Interest Expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
 
2015
 
Salaries and employee benefits
  $ 20,058  
  $ 19,264  
    18,285  
Occupancy expense
    6,701  
    6,765  
    6,288  
Office supplies
    517  
    465  
    422  
FDIC deposit insurance
    347  
    494  
    681  
Visa debit card expense
    1,248  
    1,141  
    988  
Professional services
    1,236  
    182  
    564  
Postage
    258  
    224  
    249  
Telephone
    855  
    754  
    588  
Director fees and expense
    317  
    326  
    304  
Advertising
    1,195  
    1,136  
    784  
Consulting fees
    785  
    2,257  
    904  
Taxes and licenses
    263  
    272  
    301  
Foreclosure/OREO expense
    46  
    120  
    398  
Internet banking expense
    720  
    710  
    671  
FHLB advance prepayment penalty
    508  
    1,260  
    504  
Other operating expense
    3,648
    4,612  
    3,847  
Total non-interest expense
  $ 38,702
  $ 39,982  
    35,778  
 
 
A-10
 
 
Income Taxes. The Company reported income tax expense of $3.9 million, $2.6 million and $3.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The Company’s effective tax rates were 28.03%, 21.82% and 24.35% in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2017 includes $588,000 additional tax expense due to the revaluation of the Company’s deferred tax asset as a result of the TCJA, which reduced the Company’s federal corporate tax rate from 34% to 21% effective January 1, 2018. The Company’s revaluation of its deferred tax asset is subject to further refinement as additional information becomes available and further analysis is completed in connection with the preparation of the Company’s audited financial statements. The Company does not anticipate future cash expenditures as a result of the reduction to the deferred tax asset. Based on 2017 earnings before income taxes, the Company expects the federal corporate tax rate reduction will reduce its 2018 income tax expense by approximately $1 million.
 
Liquidity. The objectives of the Company’s liquidity policy are to provide for the availability of adequate funds to meet the needs of loan demand, deposit withdrawals, maturing liabilities and to satisfy regulatory requirements. Both deposit and loan customer cash needs can fluctuate significantly depending upon business cycles, economic conditions and yields and returns available from alternative investment opportunities. In addition, the Company’s liquidity is affected by off-balance sheet commitments to lend in the form of unfunded commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. As of December 31, 2017, such unfunded commitments to extend credit were $234.0 million, while commitments in the form of standby letters of credit totaled $3.3 million.
 
The Company uses several funding sources to meet its liquidity requirements. The primary funding source is core deposits, which includes demand deposits, savings accounts and non-brokered certificates of deposits of denominations less than $250,000. The Company considers these to be a stable portion of the Company’s liability mix and the result of on-going consumer and commercial banking relationships. As of December 31, 2017, the Company’s core deposits totaled $887.5 million, or 98% of total deposits.
 
The other sources of funding for the Company are through large denomination certificates of deposit, including brokered deposits, federal funds purchased, securities under agreement to repurchase and FHLB borrowings. The Bank is also able to borrow from the FRB on a short-term basis. The Bank’s policies include the ability to access wholesale funding up to 40% of total assets. The Bank’s wholesale funding includes FHLB borrowings, FRB borrowings, brokered deposits and internet certificates of deposit. The Company’s ratio of wholesale funding to total assets was 0.47% as of December 31, 2017.
 
The Bank has a line of credit with the FHLB equal to 20% of the Bank’s total assets, with no balances outstanding at December 31, 2017. At December 31, 2017, the carrying value of loans pledged as collateral totaled approximately $137.5 million. The remaining availability under the line of credit with the FHLB was $87.2 million at December 31, 2017. The Bank had no borrowings from the FRB at December 31, 2017. The FRB borrowings are collateralized by a blanket assignment on all qualifying loans that the Bank owns which are not pledged to the FHLB. At December 31, 2017, the carrying value of loans pledged as collateral to the FRB totaled approximately $408.5 million.
 
The Bank also had the ability to borrow up to $79.5 million for the purchase of overnight federal funds from six correspondent financial institutions as of December 31, 2017.
 
The liquidity ratio for the Bank, which is defined as net cash, interest-bearing deposits with banks, federal funds sold and certain investment securities, as a percentage of net deposits and short-term liabilities was 20.62%, 24.78% and 26.10% at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The minimum required liquidity ratio as defined in the Bank’s Asset/Liability and Interest Rate Risk Management Policy for on balance sheet liquidity was 10% at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.
 
As disclosed in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows included elsewhere herein, net cash provided by operating activities was approximately $18.6 million during 2017. Net cash used in investing activities was $24.1 million during 2017 and net cash used by financing activities was $7.3 million during 2017.
 
Asset Liability and Interest Rate Risk Management. The objective of the Company’s Asset Liability and Interest Rate Risk strategies is to identify and manage the sensitivity of net interest income to changing interest rates and to minimize the interest rate risk between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities at various maturities. This is done in conjunction with the need to maintain adequate liquidity and the overall goal of maximizing net interest income. Table 6 presents an interest rate sensitivity analysis for the interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2017.
 
 
A-11
 
 
Table 6 - Interest Sensitivity Analysis

(Dollars in thousands)
 
Immediate
 
 
1-3
months
 
 
4-12
months
 
 
Total
Within One
Year
 
 
Over One
Year & Non-
sensitive
 
 
Total
 
Interest-earning assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans
  $ 293,233  
    19,664  
    14,404  
    327,301  
    432,463  
    759,764  
Mortgage loans held for sale
    857  
    -  
    -  
    857  
    -  
    857  
Investment securities available for sale
    -  
    10,444  
    16,791  
    27,235  
    202,086  
    229,321  
Interest-bearing deposit accounts
    4,118  
    -  
    -  
    4,118  
    -  
    4,118  
Other interest-earning assets
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    2,449  
    2,449  
Total interest-earning assets
    298,208  
    30,108  
    31,195  
    359,511  
    636,998  
    996,509  
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
Interest-bearing liabilities:
       
       
       
       
       
       
NOW, savings, and money market deposits
    498,445  
    -  
    -  
    498,445  
    -  
    498,445  
Time deposits
    10,833  
    20,616  
    50,668  
    82,117  
    40,984  
    123,101  
FHLB borrowings
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
Securities sold under
       
       
       
       
       
       
agreement to repurchase
    37,757  
    -  
    -  
    37,757  
    -  
    37,757  
Trust preferred securities
    -  
    20,619  
    -  
    20,619  
    -  
    20,619  
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    547,035  
    41,235  
    50,668  
    638,938  
    40,984  
    679,922  
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
Interest-sensitive gap
  $ (248,827 )
    (11,127 )
    (19,473 )
    (279,427 )
    596,014  
    316,587  
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
Cumulative interest-sensitive gap
  $ (248,827 )
    (259,954 )
    (279,427 )
    (279,427 )
    316,587  
       
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
 
Interest-earning assets as a percentage of interest-bearing liabilities
 
    54.51 %
    73.02 %
    61.57 %
    56.27 %
    1554.26 %
       
 
The Company manages its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates through policies established by the Asset/Liability Committee (“ALCO”) of the Bank. The ALCO meets quarterly and has the responsibility for approving asset/liability management policies, formulating and implementing strategies to improve balance sheet positioning and/or earnings and reviewing the interest rate sensitivity of the Company. ALCO tries to minimize interest rate risk between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities by attempting to minimize wide fluctuations in net interest income due to interest rate movements. The ability to control these fluctuations has a direct impact on the profitability of the Company. Management monitors this activity on a regular basis through analysis of its portfolios to determine the difference between rate sensitive assets and rate sensitive liabilities.
 
The Company’s rate sensitive assets are those earning interest at variable rates and those with contractual maturities within one year. Rate sensitive assets therefore include both loans and available for sale (“AFS”) securities. Rate sensitive liabilities include interest-bearing checking accounts, money market deposit accounts, savings accounts, time deposits and borrowed funds. At December 31, 2017, rate sensitive assets and rate sensitive liabilities totaled $996.5 million and $679.9 million, respectively.
 
Included in the rate sensitive assets are $280.3 million in variable rate loans indexed to prime rate subject to immediate repricing upon changes by the Federal Open Market Committee (“FOMC”). The Bank utilizes interest rate floors on certain variable rate loans to protect against further downward movements in the prime rate. At December 31, 2017, the Bank had $163.5 million in loans with interest rate floors. The floors were in effect on $22.1 million of these loans pursuant to the terms of the promissory notes on these loans. The weighted average rate on these loans is 0.70% higher than the indexed rate on the promissory notes without interest rate floors.
 
An analysis of the Company’s financial condition and growth can be made by examining the changes and trends in interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. A discussion of these changes and trends follows.
 
Analysis of Financial Condition
Investment Securities. The composition of the investment securities portfolio reflects the Company’s investment strategy of maintaining an appropriate level of liquidity while providing a relatively stable source of income. The investment portfolio also provides a balance to interest rate risk and credit risk in other categories of the balance sheet while providing a vehicle for the investment of available funds, furnishing liquidity, and supplying securities to pledge as required collateral for certain deposits.
 
All of the Company’s investment securities are held in the AFS category . At December 31, 2017, the market value of AFS securities totaled $229.3 million, compared to $249.9 million and $268.5 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Table 7 presents the fair value of the AFS securities held at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.
 
 
A-12
 
 
Table 7 - Summary of Investment Portfolio
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
 
2015
 
U. S. Government sponsored enterprises
  $ 40,380  
    38,222  
    38,417  
State and political subdivisions
    133,570  
    141,856  
    148,245  
Mortgage-backed securities
    53,609  
    67,585  
    77,887  
Corporate bonds
    1,512  
    1,533  
    1,906  
Trust preferred securities
    250  
    750  
    750  
Equity securities
    -  
    -  
    1,325  
Total securities
  $ 229,321  
    249,946  
    268,530  
 
The Company’s investment portfolio consists of U.S. Government sponsored enterprise securities, municipal securities, U.S. Government sponsored enterprise mortgage-backed securities, corporate bonds, trust preferred securities and equity securities. AFS securities averaged $234.3 million in 2017, $252.7 million in 2016 and $266.8 million in 2015. Table 8 presents the market value of AFS securities held by the Company by maturity category at December 31, 2017. Yield information does not give effect to changes in fair value that are reflected as a component of shareholders’ equity. Yields are calculated on a tax equivalent basis. Yields and interest income on tax-exempt investments have been adjusted to a tax equivalent basis using an effective tax rate of 35.98% for securities that are both federal and state tax exempt and an effective tax rate of 32.98% for federal tax exempt securities.
 
Table 8 - Maturity Distribution and Weighted Average Yield on Investments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  After One Year
 
 
  After 5 Years
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  One Year or Less
 
 
  Through 5 Years
 
 
  Through 10 Years
 
 
  After 10 Years
 
 
  Totals
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Amount
 
 
Yield
 
 
Amount
 
 
Yield
 
 
Amount
 
 
Yield
 
 
Amount
 
 
Yield
 
 
Amount
 
 
Yield
 
Book value:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Government
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
sponsored enterprises
  $ 2,460  
    (1.16 %)
    11,523  
    2.10 %
    22,236  
    2.44 %
    4,285  
    3.19 %
    40,504  
    1.74 %
State and political subdivisions
    14,624
 
    3.67 %
    85,116
 
    3.16 %
    25,306
 
    3.06 %
    4,230
 
    3.72 %
    129,276  
    3.40 %
Mortgage-backed securities
    9,469  
    3.00 %
    19,989  
    2.97 %
    12,448  
    2.96 %
    11,218  
    3.12 %
    53,124  
    2.81 %
Corporate bonds
    500  
    5.58 %
    -  
    -  
    1,000  
    2.59 %
    -  
    -  
    1,500  
    1.48 %
Trust preferred securities
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    250  
    8.11 %
    250  
    8.11 %
Total securities
  $ 27,053
 
    2.78 %
    116,628
 
    2.90 %
    60,990
 
    2.85 %
    19,983
 
    3.52 %
    224,654  
    3.51 %
 
Loans. The loan portfolio is the largest category of the Company’s earning assets and is comprised of commercial loans, real estate mortgage loans, real estate construction loans and consumer loans. The Bank grants loans and extensions of credit primarily within the Catawba Valley region of North Carolina, which encompasses Catawba, Alexander, Iredell and Lincoln counties and also in Mecklenburg, Union, Wake and Durham counties in North Carolina.
 
Although the Bank has a diversified loan portfolio, a substantial portion of the loan portfolio is collateralized by real estate, which is dependent upon the real estate market. Real estate mortgage loans include both commercial and residential mortgage loans. At December 31, 2017, the Bank had $104.2 million in residential mortgage loans, $100.8 million in home equity loans and $353.5 million in commercial mortgage loans, which include $277.5 million secured by commercial property and $76.0 million secured by residential property. Residential mortgage loans include $66.9 million made to customers in the Company’s traditional banking offices and $37.3 million in mortgage loans originated in Banco's banking offices. All residential mortgage loans are originated as fully amortizing loans, with no negative amortization.
 
At December 31, 2017, the Bank had $85.0 million in construction and land development loans. Table 9 presents a breakout of these loans.
 
 
A-13
 
 
Table 9 - Construction and Land Development Loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Number of
Loans
 
 
Balance
Outstanding
 
 
Non-accrual
Balance
 
Land acquisition and development - commercial purposes
    41  
  $ 6,970  
    -  
Land acquisition and development - residential purposes
    195  
    20,113  
    14  
1 to 4 family residential construction
    109  
    20,403  
    -  
Commercial construction
    36  
    37,501  
    -  
Total acquisition, development and construction
    381  
  $ 84,987  
    14  
 
The mortgage loans originated in the traditional banking offices are generally 15 to 30 year fixed rate loans with attributes that prevent the loans from being sellable in the secondary market. These factors may include higher loan-to-value ratio, limited documentation on income, non-conforming appraisal or non-conforming property type. These loans are generally made to existing Bank customers and have been originated throughout the Bank’s eight county service area, with no geographic concentration.
 
Banco single family residential stated income loans originated from 2005 to 2009 were primarily adjustable rate mortgage loans that adjust annually after the end of the first five years of the loan. The loans are tied to the one-year treasury-bill index and, if they were to adjust at December 31, 2017, would have a reduction in the interest rate on the loan. The underwriting on these loans includes both full income verification and no income verification, with loan-to-value ratios of up to 95% without private mortgage insurance. A majority of these loans would be considered subprime loans, as they were underwritten using stated income rather than fully documented income verification. No other loans in the Bank’s portfolio would be considered subprime. The majority of these loans have been originated within the Charlotte, North Carolina metro area (Mecklenburg County). Total losses on this portfolio, since the first loans were originated in 2004, have amounted to approximately $3.7 million   through December 31, 2017.
 
The composition of the Bank’s loan portfolio at December 31 is presented in Table 10.
 
Table 10 - Loan Portfolio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  2017
  2016
  2015
  2014        
  2013
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Amount
 
 
% of
Loans
 
 
Amount
 
 
% of
Loans
 
 
Amount
 
 
% of
Loans
 
 
Amount
 
 
% of
Loans
 
 
Amount
 
 
% of
Loans
 
Real estate loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction and land development
  $ 84,987  
    11.19 %
    61,749  
    8.53 %
    65,791  
    9.55 %
    57,617  
    8.84 %
    63,742  
    10.27 %
Single-family residential
    246,703  
    32.47 %
    240,700  
    33.25 %
    220,690  
    32.03 %
    206,417  
    31.66 %
    195,975  
    31.56 %
Single-family residential- Banco de la
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Gente stated income
    37,249  
    4.90 %
    40,189  
    5.55 %
    43,733  
    6.35 %
    47,015  
    7.21 %
    49,463  
    7.97 %
Commercial
    248,637  
    32.73 %
    247,521  
    34.20 %
    228,526  
    33.16 %
    228,558  
    35.06 %
    209,287  
    33.70 %
Multifamily and farmland
    28,937  
    3.81 %
    21,047  
    2.91 %
    18,080  
    2.62 %
    12,400  
    1.90 %
    11,801  
    1.90 %
Total real estate loans
    646,513  
    85.10 %
    611,206  
    84.44 %
    576,820  
    83.71 %
    552,007  
    84.68 %
    530,268  
    85.39 %
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Loans not secured by real estate
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Commercial loans
    89,022  
    11.71 %
    87,596  
    12.11 %
    91,010  
    13.22 %
    76,262  
    11.71 %
    68,047  
    10.97 %
Farm loans
    1,204  
    0.16 %
    -  
    0.00 %
    3  
    0.00 %
    7  
    0.00 %
    19  
    0.00 %
Consumer loans
    9,888  
    1.30 %
    9,832  
    1.36 %
    10,027  
    1.46 %
    10,060  
    1.54 %
    9,593  
    1.54 %
All other loans
    13,137  
    1.73 %
    15,177  
    2.10 %
    11,231  
    1.63 %
    13,555  
    2.08 %
    13,033  
    2.10 %
Total loans
    759,764  
    100.00 %
    723,811  
    100.00 %
    689,091  
    100.00 %
    651,891  
    100.00 %
    620,960  
    100.00 %
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Less: Allowance for loan losses
    6,366  
       
    7,550  
       
    9,589  
       
    11,082  
       
    13,501  
       
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Net loans
  $ 753,398  
       
    716,261  
       
    679,502  
       
    640,809  
       
    607,459  
       
 
As of December 31, 2017, gross loans outstanding were $759.8 million, compared to $723.8 million at December 31, 2016. Average loans represented 74% and 71% of total earning assets for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The Bank had $857,000 and $5.7 million in mortgage loans held for sale as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
 
Troubled debt restructured (“TDR”) loans modified in 2016, past due TDR loans and non-accrual TDR loans totaled $4.5 million and $5.9 million at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. The terms of these loans have been renegotiated to provide a concession to original terms, including a reduction in principal or interest as a result of the deteriorating financial position of the borrower. There were $21,000 and $81,000 in performing loans classified as TDR loans at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.
 
Table 11 identifies the maturities of all loans as of December 31, 2017 and addresses the sensitivity of these loans to changes in interest rates.
 
 
A-14
 
 
Table 11 - Maturity and Repricing Data for Loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Within one
year or less
 
 
After one year
through five
years
 
 
After five
years
 
 
Total loans
 
Real estate loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Construction and land development
  $ 54,526  
    18,138  
    12,323  
    84,987  
  Single-family residential
    111,059  
    81,167  
    54,477  
    246,703  
  Single-family residential- Banco de la Gente
       
       
       
       
  stated income
    16,260  
    -  
    20,989  
    37,249  
  Commercial
    85,234  
    120,600  
    42,803  
    248,637  
  Multifamily and farmland
    5,623  
    8,559  
    14,755  
    28,937  
  Total real estate loans
    272,702  
    228,464  
    145,347  
    646,513  
 
       
       
       
       
Loans not secured by real estate
       
       
       
       
Commercial loans
    52,434  
    23,631  
    12,957  
    89,022  
Farm loans
    886  
    318  
    -  
    1,204  
Consumer loans
    5,033  
    4,471  
    384  
    9,888  
All other loans
    6,422  
    4,337  
    2,378  
    13,137  
Total loans
  $ 337,477  
    261,221  
    161,066  
    759,764  
 
       
       
       
       
Total fixed rate loans
  $ 10,176  
    218,755  
    161,066  
    389,997  
Total floating rate loans
    327,301  
    42,466  
    -  
    369,767  
 
       
       
       
       
Total loans
  $ 337,477  
    261,221  
    161,066  
    759,764  
 
In the normal course of business, there are various commitments outstanding to extend credit that are not reflected in the financial statements. At December 31, 2017, outstanding loan commitments totaled $237.3 million. Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the commitment contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Additional information regarding commitments is provided below in the section entitled “Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements” and in Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses reflects management’s assessment and estimate of the risks associated with extending credit and its evaluation of the quality of the loan portfolio. The Bank periodically analyzes the loan portfolio in an effort to review asset quality and to establish an allowance for loan losses that management believes will be adequate in light of anticipated risks and loan losses. In assessing the adequacy of the allowance, size, quality and risk of loans in the portfolio are reviewed. Other factors considered are:
 
the Bank’s loan loss experience;
the amount of past due and non-performing loans;
specific known risks;
the status and amount of other past due and non-performing assets;
underlying estimated values of collateral securing loans;
current and anticipated economic conditions; and
other factors which management believes affect the allowance for potential credit losses.
 
Management uses several measures to assess and monitor the credit risks in the loan portfolio, including a loan grading system that begins upon loan origination and continues until the loan is collected or collectability becomes doubtful. Upon loan origination, the Bank’s originating loan officer evaluates the quality of the loan and assigns one of eight risk grades. The loan officer monitors the loan’s performance and credit quality and makes changes to the credit grade as conditions warrant. When originated or renewed, all loans over a certain dollar amount receive in-depth reviews and risk assessments by the Bank’s Credit Administration. Before making any changes in these risk grades, management considers assessments as determined by the third party credit review firm (as described below), regulatory examiners and the Bank’s Credit Administration. Any issues regarding the risk assessments are addressed by the Bank’s senior credit administrators and factored into management’s decision to originate or renew the loan. The Bank’s Board of Directors reviews, on a monthly basis, an analysis of the Bank’s reserves relative to the range of reserves estimated by the Bank’s Credit Administration.
 
 
A-15
 
 
As an additional measure, the Bank engages an independent third party to review the underwriting, documentation and risk grading analyses. This independent third party reviews and evaluates loan relationships greater than $1.0 million, excluding loans in default, and loans in process of litigation or liquidation. The third party’s evaluation and report is shared with management and the Bank’s Board of Directors.
 
Management considers certain commercial loans with weak credit risk grades to be individually impaired and measures such impairment based upon available cash flows and the value of the collateral. Allowance or reserve levels are estimated for all other graded loans in the portfolio based on their assigned credit risk grade, type of loan and other matters related to credit risk.
 
Management uses the information developed from the procedures described above in evaluating and grading the loan portfolio. This continual grading process is used to monitor the credit quality of the loan portfolio and to assist management in estimating the allowance for loan losses. The provision for loan losses charged or credited to earnings is based upon management’s judgment of the amount necessary to maintain the allowance at a level appropriate to absorb probable incurred losses in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. The amount each quarter is dependent upon many factors, including growth and changes in the composition of the loan portfolio, net charge-offs, delinquencies, management’s assessment of loan portfolio quality, the value of collateral, and other macro-economic factors and trends. The evaluation of these factors is performed quarterly by management through an analysis of the appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses.
 
The allowance for loan losses is comprised of three components: specific reserves, general reserves and unallocated reserves. After a loan has been identified as impaired, management measures impairment. When the measure of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, the amount of the impairment is recorded as a specific reserve. These specific reserves are determined on an individual loan basis based on management’s current evaluation of the Bank’s loss exposure for each credit, given the appraised value of any underlying collateral. Loans for which specific reserves are provided are excluded from the general allowance calculations as described below.
 
The general allowance reflects reserves established under GAAP for collective loan impairment. These reserves are based upon historical net charge-offs using the greater of the last two, three, four or five years’ loss experience. This charge-off experience may be adjusted to reflect the effects of current conditions. The Bank considers information derived from its loan risk ratings and external data related to industry and general economic trends in establishing reserves.
 
The unallocated allowance is determined through management’s assessment of probable losses that are in the portfolio but are not adequately captured by the other two components of the allowance, including consideration of current economic and business conditions and regulatory requirements. The unallocated allowance also reflects management’s acknowledgement of the imprecision and subjectivity that underlie the modeling of credit risk. Due to the subjectivity involved in determining the overall allowance, including the unallocated portion, the unallocated portion may fluctuate from period to period based on management’s evaluation of the factors affecting the assumptions used in calculating the allowance.
 
There were no significant changes in the estimation methods or fundamental assumptions used in the evaluation of the allowance for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. Revisions, estimates and assumptions may be made in any period in which the supporting factors indicate that loss levels may vary from the previous estimates.
 
Effective December 31, 2012, stated income mortgage loans from the Banco offices were analyzed separately from other single family residential loans in the Bank’s loan portfolio. These loans are first mortgage loans made to the Latino market, primarily in Mecklenburg and surrounding counties. These loans are non-traditional mortgages in that the customer normally did not have a credit history, so all credit information was accumulated by the loan officers. These loans were made as stated income loans rather than full documentation loans because the customer may not have had complete documentation on the income supporting the loan.
 
Various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Bank’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require adjustments to the allowance based on their judgments of information available to them at the time of their examinations. Management believes it has established the allowance for credit losses pursuant to GAAP, and has taken into account the views of its regulators and the current economic environment. Management considers the allowance for loan losses adequate to cover the estimated losses inherent in the Bank’s loan portfolio as of the date of the financial statements. Although management uses the best information available to make evaluations, significant future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic and other conditions, thus adversely affecting the operating results of the Company.
 
 
A-16
 
 
Net charge-offs for 2017, 2016 and 2015 were $677,000, $833,000 and $1.5 million, respectively. The ratio of net charge-offs to average total loans was 0.09%   in 2017, 0.12% in 2016 and 0.22% in 2015. The Bank strives to proactively work with its customers to identify potential problems. If found, the Bank works to quickly recognize identifiable losses and to establish a plan, with the borrower, if possible, to have the loans paid off. This process of early identification increased the levels of charge-offs and provision for loan losses in 2009 through 2013 as compared to historical periods prior to 2009. The years ended December 31, 2015, 2016 and 2017 saw a return of net charge-offs to pre-crisis levels. Management expects this to continue in 2018. The allowance for loan losses was $6.4 million or 0.84% of total loans outstanding at December 31, 2017. For December 31, 2016 and 2015, the allowance for loan losses amounted to $7.6 million or 1.04% of total loans outstanding and $9.6 million, or 1.39% of total loans outstanding, respectively.
 
Table 12 presents the percentage of loans assigned to each risk grade at December 31, 2017 and 2016.
 
Table 12 - Loan Risk Grade Analysis
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Percentage of Loans
 
 
 
By Risk Grade
 
Risk Grade
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
Risk Grade 1 (Excellent Quality)
    1.31 %
    2.28 %
Risk Grade 2 (High Quality)
    26.23 %
    26.82 %
Risk Grade 3 (Good Quality)
    60.69 %
    54.43 %
Risk Grade 4 (Management Attention)
    8.19 %
    11.99 %
Risk Grade 5 (Watch)
    2.54 %
    3.07 %
Risk Grade 6 (Substandard)
    1.04 %
    1.41 %
Risk Grade 7 (Doubtful)
    0.00 %
    0.00 %
Risk Grade 8 (Loss)
    0.00 %
    0.00 %
 
Table 13 presents an analysis of the allowance for loan losses, including charge-off activity.
 
Table 13 - Analysis of Allowance for Loan Losses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
 
2015
 
 
2014
 
 
2013
 
Allowance for loan losses at beginning
  $ 7,550  
  $ 9,589  
    11,082  
    13,501  
    14,423  
 
       
       
       
       
       
Loans charged off:
       
       
       
       
       
Commercial
    194  
    146  
    38  
    430  
    502  
Real estate - mortgage
    315  
    593  
    1,064  
    789  
    2,441  
Real estate - construction
    -  
    7  
    197  
    884  
    777  
Consumer
    473  
    492  
    545  
    534  
    652  
Total loans charged off
    982  
    1,238  
    1,844  
    2,637  
    4,372  
 
       
       
       
       
       
Recoveries of losses previously charged off:
       
       
       
       
       
Commercial
    31  
    170  
    101  
    54  
    44  
Real estate - mortgage
    106  
    74  
    77  
    259  
    302  
Real estate - construction
    14  
    10  
    45  
    428  
    377  
Consumer
    154  
    151  
    145  
    176  
    143  
Total recoveries
    305  
    405  
    368  
    917  
    866  
Net loans charged off
    677  
    833  
    1,476  
    1,720  
    3,506  
 
       
       
       
       
       
Provision for loan losses
    (507 )
    (1,206 )
    (17 )
    (699 )
    2,584  
 
       
       
       
       
       
Allowance for loan losses at end of year
  $ 6,366  
  $ 7,550  
    9,589  
    11,082  
    13,501  
 
       
       
       
       
       
Loans charged off net of recoveries, as
       
       
       
       
       
a percent of average loans outstanding
    0.09 %
    0.12 %
    0.22 %
    0.27 %
    0.57 %
 
       
       
       
       
       
Allowance for loan losses as a percent
       
       
       
       
       
of total loans outstanding at end of year
    0.84 %
    1.04 %
    1.39 %
    1.70 %
    2.17 %
 
Non-performing Assets. Non-performing assets were $3.8 million or 0.35% of total assets at December 31, 2017, compared to $4.1 million or 0.38% of total assets at December 31, 2016. Non-performing loans include $3.6 million in commercial and residential mortgage loans, $14,000 in construction and land development loans and $112,000 in other loans at December 31, 2017, as compared to $3.7 million in commercial and residential mortgage loans, $21,000 in construction and land development loans and $55,000 in other loans at December 31, 2016. Other
 
 
A-17
 
 
real estate owned totaled $118,000 and $283,000 as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The Bank had no repossessed assets as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.
 
At December 31, 2017, the Bank had non-performing loans, defined as non-accrual and accruing loans past due more than 90 days, of $3.7 million or 0.49% of total loans. Non-performing loans at December 31, 2016 were $3.8 million or 0.53% of total loans.
 
Management continually monitors the loan portfolio to ensure that all loans potentially having a material adverse impact on future operating results, liquidity or capital resources have been classified as non-performing. Should economic conditions deteriorate, the inability of distressed customers to service their existing debt could cause higher levels of non-performing loans. Management expects the level of non-accrual loans to continue to be more in-line with the levels at December 31, 2017 as opposed to the level of non-accruals experienced in 2012.
 
It is the general policy of the Bank to stop accruing interest income when a loan is placed on non-accrual status and any interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed against current income. Generally a loan is placed on non-accrual status when it is over 90 days past due and there is reasonable doubt that all principal will be collected.
 
A summary of non-performing assets at December 31 for each of the years presented is shown in Table 14.
 
Table 14 - Non-performing Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
 
2015
 
 
2014
 
 
2013
 
Non-accrual loans
  $ 3,711  
  $ 3,825  
    8,432  
    10,728  
    13,836  
Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing
    -  
    -  
    17  
    -  
    882  
Total non-performing loans
    3,711  
    3,825  
    8,449  
    10,728  
    14,718  
All other real estate owned
    118  
    283  
    739  
    2,016  
    1,679  
Repossessed assets
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
Total non-performing assets
  $ 3,829  
  $ 4,108  
    9,188  
    12,744  
    16,397  
 
       
       
       
       
       
TDR loans not included in above,
       
       
       
       
       
(not 90 days past due or on nonaccrual)
    2,543  
    3,337  
    5,102  
    7,217  
    7,953  
 
       
       
       
       
       
As a percent of total loans at year end
       
       
       
       
       
Non-accrual loans
    0.49 %
    0.53 %
    1.22 %
    1.65 %
    2.23 %
Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing
    0.00 %
    0.00 %
    0.00 %
    0.00 %
    0.14 %
 
       
       
       
       
       
Total non-performing assets
       
       
       
       
       
as a percent of total assets at year end
    0.35 %
    0.38 %
    0.88 %
    1.22 %
    1.58 %
 
       
       
       
       
       
Total non-performing loans
       
       
       
       
       
 as a percent of total loans at year-end
    0.49 %
    0.53 %
    1.23 %
    1.65 %
    2.37 %
 
Deposits. The Company primarily uses deposits to fund its loan and investment portfolios. The Company offers a variety of deposit accounts to individuals and businesses. Deposit accounts include checking, savings, money market and time deposits. As of December 31, 2017, total deposits were $907.0 million, compared to $892.9 million at December 31, 2016.   Core deposits, which include demand deposits, savings accounts and non-brokered certificates of deposits of denominations less than $250,000, amounted to $887.5 million at December 31, 2017, compared to $865.4 million at December 31, 2016.
 
Time deposits in amounts of $250,000 or more totaled $18.8 million and $26.8 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. At December 31, 2017, brokered deposits amounted to $5.2 million as compared to $7.2 million at December 31, 2016. Certificates of deposit participated through the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service ("CDARS") included in brokered deposits amounted to $5.2 million and $7.2 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Brokered deposits are generally considered to be more susceptible to withdrawal as a result of interest rate changes and to be a less stable source of funds, as compared to deposits from the local market. Brokered deposits outstanding as of December 31, 2017 have a weighted average rate of 0.07% with a weighted average original term of 30 months.
 
Table 15 is a summary of the maturity distribution of time deposits in amounts of $250,000 or more as of December 31, 2017.
 
 
A-18
 
 
Table 15 - Maturities of Time Deposits of $250,000 or greater
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2017
 
Three months or less
  $ 6,718  
Over three months through six months
    2,368  
Over six months through twelve months
    3,245  
Over twelve months
    6,425  
Total
  $ 18,756  
 
Borrowed Funds. The Company has access to various short-term borrowings, including the purchase of federal funds and borrowing arrangements from the FHLB and other financial institutions. At December 31, 2017 there were no FHLB borrowings outstanding compared to $20 million outstanding at December 31, 2016. Average FHLB borrowings for 2017 and 2016 were $16.3 million and $42.9 million, respectively. The maximum amount of outstanding FHLB borrowings was $20.0 million in 2017 and $43.5 million in 2016.   Additional information regarding FHLB borrowings is provided in Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
The Bank had no borrowings from the FRB at December 31, 2017 and 2016. FRB borrowings are collateralized by a blanket assignment on all qualifying loans that the Bank owns which are not pledged to the FHLB. At December 31, 2017, the carrying value of loans pledged as collateral totaled approximately $408.5 million.
 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase were $37.8 million at December 31, 2017, as compared to $36.4 million at December 31, 2016.
 
Junior subordinated debentures were $20.6 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.
 
Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements. The Company’s contractual obligations and other commitments as of December 31, 2017 are summarized in Table 16 below. The Company’s contractual obligations include junior subordinated debentures, as well as certain payments under current lease agreements. Other commitments include commitments to extend credit. Because not all of these commitments to extend credit will be drawn upon, the actual cash requirements are likely to be significantly less than the amounts reported for other commitments below.
 
Table 16 - Contractual Obligations and Other Commitments
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Within One
Year
 
 
One to
Three Years
 
 
Three to
Five Years
 
 
Five Years
or More
 
 
Total
 
Contractual Cash Obligations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Junior subordinated debentures
  $ -  
    -  
    -  
    20,619  
    20,619  
Operating lease obligations
    716  
    1,375  
    1,032  
    1,739  
    4,862  
Total
  $ 716  
    1,375  
    1,032  
    22,358  
    25,481  
 
       
       
       
       
       
Other Commitments
       
       
       
       
       
Commitments to extend credit
  $ 68,087  
    24,552  
    28,864  
    112,469  
    233,972  
Standby letters of credit
       
       
       
       
       
and financial guarantees written
    3,325  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    3,325  
Income tax credits
    1,746  
    511  
    66  
    74  
    2,397  
Total
  $ 73,158  
    25,063  
    28,930  
    112,543  
    239,694  
 
The Company enters into derivative contracts to manage various financial risks. A derivative is a financial instrument that derives its cash flows, and therefore its value, by reference to an underlying instrument, index or referenced interest rate. Derivative contracts are carried at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet with the fair value representing the net present value of expected future cash receipts or payments based on market interest rates as of the balance sheet date. Derivative contracts are written in amounts referred to as notional amounts, which only provide the basis for calculating payments between counterparties and are not a measure of financial risk. Therefore, the derivative amounts recorded on the balance sheet do not represent the amounts that may ultimately be paid under these contracts. Further discussions of derivative instruments are included above in the section entitled “Asset Liability and Interest Rate Risk Management” beginning on page A-11 and in Notes 1, 10 and 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.  There were no derivatives at December 31, 2017 or 2016.
 
 
A-19
 
 
Capital Resources . Shareholders’ equity was $116.0 million, or 10.62% of total assets, as of December 31, 2017, compared to $107.4 million, or 9.87% of total assets, as of December 31, 2016. The increase in shareholders’ equity is primarily due to an increase in retained earnings due to net income.
 
Average shareholders’ equity as a percentage of total average assets is one measure used to determine capital strength. Average shareholders’ equity as a percentage of total average assets was 10.64%, 10.51% and 10.27% for 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The return on average shareholders’ equity was 8.78% at December 31, 2017 as compared to 8.11% and 9.03% at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. Total cash dividends paid on common stock were $2.6 million, $2.1 million and $1.6 million during 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The Company did not pay any dividends on preferred stock during 2017 and 2016.
 
The Board of Directors, at its discretion, can issue shares of preferred stock up to a maximum of 5,000,000 shares. The Board is authorized to determine the number of shares, voting powers, designations, preferences, limitations and relative rights.
 
In 2016, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program, pursuant to which up to $2.0 million was allocated to repurchase the Company’s common stock. Any purchases under the Company’s stock repurchase program were made periodically as permitted by securities laws and other legal requirements in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. The timing and amount of any repurchase of shares were determined by the Company’s management, based on its evaluation of market conditions and other factors. The Company has repurchased approximately $2.0 million, or 92,738 shares of its common stock, under this program as of December 31, 2017.
 
In 2013, the FRB approved its final rule on the Basel III capital standards, which implement changes to the regulatory capital framework for banking organizations. The Basel III capital standards, which became effective January 1, 2015, include new risk-based capital and leverage ratios, which are being phased in from 2015 to 2019. The new minimum capital level requirements applicable to the Company and the Bank under the final rules are as follows: (i) a new common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%; (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 6% (increased from 4%); (iii) a total risk based capital ratio of 8% (unchanged from previous rules); and (iv) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4% (unchanged from previous rules). An additional capital conservation buffer was added to the minimum requirements for capital adequacy purposes beginning on January 1, 2016 at 0.625% and is being phased in through 2019 (increasing by 0.625% on each subsequent January 1, until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 2019). This will result in the following minimum ratios beginning in 2019: (i) a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 7.0%, (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5%, and (iii) a total capital ratio of 10.5%. Under the final rules, institutions would be subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases, and paying discretionary bonuses if its capital level falls below the buffer amount. These limitations establish a maximum percentage of eligible retained earnings that could be utilized for such actions.
 
Under the regulatory capital guidelines, financial institutions are currently required to maintain a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, with a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater and a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5% or greater, as required by the Basel III capital standards referenced above. Tier 1 capital is generally defined as shareholders’ equity and trust preferred securities less all intangible assets and goodwill. Tier 1 capital at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 includes $20.0 million in trust preferred securities. The Company’s Tier 1 capital ratio was 15.32% and 15.20% at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. Total risk-based capital is defined as Tier 1 capital plus supplementary capital. Supplementary capital, or Tier 2 capital, consists of the Company’s allowance for loan losses, not exceeding 1.25% of the Company’s risk-weighted assets. Total risk-based capital ratio is therefore defined as the ratio of total capital (Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital) to risk-weighted assets. The Company’s total risk-based capital ratio was 16.06% and 16.12% at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. The Company’s common equity Tier 1 capital consists of common stock and retained earnings. The Company’s common equity Tier 1 capital ratio was 13.00% and 12.75% at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. Financial institutions are also required to maintain a leverage ratio of Tier 1 capital to total average assets of 4.0% or greater. The Company’s Tier 1 leverage capital ratio was 11.94% and 11.19% at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.
 
The Bank’s Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio was 15.09% and 14.85% at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. The total risk-based capital ratio for the Bank was 15.83% and 15.78% at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. The Bank’s common equity Tier 1 capital ratio was 15.09% and 14.85% at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. The Bank’s Tier 1 leverage capital ratio was 11.69% and 10.88% at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.
 
A bank is considered to be “well capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 6.5% or greater and a
 
 
A-20
 
 
leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater. Based upon these guidelines, the Bank was considered to be “well capitalized” at December 31, 2017.
 
The Company’s key equity ratios as of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 are presented in Table 17.
 
Table 17 - Equity Ratios
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2017
2016
2015
Return on average assets
0.93%
0.85%
0.93%
Return on average equity
8.78%
8.11%
9.03%
Dividend payout ratio
25.67%
22.95%
16.34%
Average equity to average assets
10.64%
10.51%
10.27%
 
Quarterly Financial Data. The Company’s consolidated quarterly operating results for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016 are presented in Table 18.
 
Table 18 - Quarterly Financial Data
 
 
   2017
 
 
   2016
 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
 First
 
 
 Second
 
 
 Third
 
 
 Fourth
 
 
 First
 
 
 Second
 
 
 Third
 
 
 Fourth
 
Total interest income
  $ 10,064  
    10,461  
    10,698  
    10,726  
  $ 9,905  
    9,815  
    9,982  
    10,107  
Total interest expense
    598  
    622  
    650  
    507  
    809  
    813  
    828  
    821  
Net interest income
    9,466  
    9,839  
    10,048  
    10,219  
    9,096  
    9,002  
    9,154  
    9,286  
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
(Reduction of) provision for loan losses
    (236 )
    49  
    (218 )
    (102 )
    (216 )
    (531 )
    (360 )
    (99 )
Other income
    2,876  
    3,281  
    3,504  
    3,177  
    3,324  
    3,572  
    3,414  
    3,666  
Other expense
    9,795  
    9,335  
    9,351  
    10,169  
    9,492  
    9,109  
    9,598  
    11,783  
Income before income taxes
    2,783  
    3,736  
    4,419  
    3,329  
    3,144  
    3,996  
    3,330  
    1,268  
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Income taxes (benefit)
    578  
    925  
    1,177  
    1,319  
    691  
    1,032  
    872  
    (34 )
Net earnings
    2,205  
    2,811  
    3,242  
    2,010  
    2,453  
    2,964  
    2,458  
    1,302  
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Basic net earnings per share
  $ 0.36  
    0.47  
    0.54  
    0.34  
  $ 0.41  
    0.49  
    0.41  
    0.22  
Diluted net earnings per share
  $ 0.36  
    0.46  
    0.53  
    0.34  
  $ 0.40  
    0.48  
    0.40  
    0.22  
 
 
A-21
 
 
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
 
Market risk reflects the risk of economic loss resulting from adverse changes in market prices and interest rates. This risk of loss can be reflected in either diminished current market values or reduced potential net interest income in future periods.
 
The Company’s market risk arises primarily from interest rate risk inherent in its lending and deposit taking activities. The structure of the Company’s loan and deposit portfolios is such that a significant decline (increase) in interest rates may adversely (positively)   impact net market values and interest income. Management seeks to manage the risk through the utilization of its investment securities and off-balance sheet derivative instruments. During the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company used interest rate contracts to manage market risk as discussed above in the section entitled “Asset Liability and Interest Rate Risk Management.”
 
Table 19 presents in tabular form the contractual balances and the estimated fair value of the Company’s on-balance sheet financial instruments at their expected maturity dates for the period ended December 31, 2017. The expected maturity categories take into consideration historical prepayment experience as well as management’s expectations based on the interest rate environment at December 31, 2017. For core deposits without contractual maturity (i.e. interest-bearing checking, savings, and money market accounts), the table presents principal cash flows based on management’s judgment concerning their most likely runoff or repricing behaviors.
 
Table 19 - Market Risk Table
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans Receivable
 
2018
 
 
2019
 
 
2020
 
 
2021
 
 
2022
 
 
Thereafter
 
 
Total
 
 
Fair Value
 
Fixed rate
  $ 52,783  
    60,232  
    55,592  
    59,385  
    52,546  
    132,608  
    413,146  
    394,729  
Average interest rate
    4.85 %
    4.59 %
    4.75 %
    4.63 %
    4.84 %
    5.03 %
       
       
Variable rate
  $ 73,910  
    42,857  
    35,356  
    30,777  
    30,195  
    134,380  
    347,475  
    348,331
Average interest rate
    5.20 %
    5.02 %
    4.96 %
    5.00 %
    5.08 %
    4.33 %
       
       
Total
       
       
       
       
       
       
    760,621  
    743,060
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Investment Securities
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Interest bearing cash
  $ 4,118  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    4,118  
    4,118  
Average interest rate
    1.27 %
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
       
       
Securities available for sale
  $ 33,796  
    22,819  
    23,487  
    25,952  
    42,326  
    80,941  
    229,321  
    229,321  
Average interest rate
    4.50 %
    4.39 %
    4.20 %
    4.63 %
    4.51 %
    4.19 %
       
       
Nonmarketable equity securities
  $ -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    1,830  
    1,830  
    1,830  
Average interest rate
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    4.08 %
       
       
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Debt Obligations
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Deposits
  $ 84,604  
    21,001  
    13,403  
    3,870  
    3,150  
    780,924  
    906,952  
    894,932  
Average interest rate
    0.23 %
    0.47 %
    0.58 %
    0.74 %
    0.81 %
    0.09 %
       
       
Securities sold under agreement
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
to repurchase
  $ 37,757  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    37,757  
    37,757  
Average interest rate
    0.14 %
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
       
       
Junior subordinated debentures
  $ -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    20,619  
    20,619  
    20,619  
Average interest rate
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    3.00 %
       
       
 
 
A-22
 
 
Table 20 presents the simulated impact to net interest income under varying interest rate scenarios and the theoretical impact of rate changes over a twelve-month period referred to as “rate ramps.” The table shows the estimated theoretical impact on the Company’s tax equivalent net interest income from hypothetical rate changes of plus and minus 1%, 2% and 3% as compared to the estimated theoretical impact of rates remaining unchanged. The table also shows the simulated impact to market value of equity under varying interest rate scenarios and the theoretical impact of immediate and sustained rate changes referred to as “rate shocks” of plus and minus 1%, 2% and 3% as compared to the theoretical impact of rates remaining unchanged. The prospective effects of the hypothetical interest rate changes are based upon various assumptions, including relative and estimated levels of key interest rates. This type of modeling has limited usefulness because it does not allow for the strategies management would utilize in response to sudden and sustained rate changes. Also, management does not believe that rate changes of the magnitude presented are likely in the forecast period presented.
 
Table 20 - Interest Rate Risk
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Estimated Resulting Theoretical Net
Interest Income
 
 
Hypothetical rate change (ramp over 12 months)
 
 
 Amount
 
 
% Change
 
    +3 %
  $ 45,209  
    4.16 %
    +2 %
  $ 45,082  
    3.87 %
    +1 %
  $ 44,466  
    2.45 %
    0 %
  $ 43,402  
    0.00 %
    -1 %
  $ 42,056  
    -3.10 %
    -2 %
  $ 41,413  
    -4.58 %
    -3 %
  $ 41,315  
    -4.81 %
 
 
 
 
 
Estimated Resulting Theoretical
Market Value of Equity
 
 
Hypothetical rate change (immediate shock)
 
 
 Amount
 
 
% Change
 
    +3 %
  $ 169,602  
    9.73 %
    +2 %
  $ 174,677  
    13.02 %
    +1 %
  $ 170,472  
    10.30 %
    0 %
  $ 154,559  
    0.00 %
    -1 %
  $ 129,973  
    -15.91 %
    -2 %
  $ 94,534  
    -38.84 %
    -3 %
  $ 77,557  
    -49.82 %
 
 
 
A-23
 
 
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.
Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015
 
 
 
 
INDEX
 
 
 
PAGE(S)
 
 
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on the Consolidated Financial Statements
A-25 - A-27
 
 
Financial Statements
 
 
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2017 and 2016
A-28
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015
A-29
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015
A-30
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015
A-31
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015
A-32 - A-33
 
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
A-34 - A-66
 
 
 
A-24
 

 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
 
To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.
 
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of People Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the related consolidated statements of earnings, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013, and our report dated March 15, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting.
 
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.  
 
/s/ Elliott Davis, PLLC
 
We have served as the Company's auditor since 2015.
 
Charlotte, North Carolina
March 15, 2018
 
 
 
  Elliott Davis PLLC | www.elliottdavis.com
 
 
A-25
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
 
To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.
 
 
Opinion on the Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
We have audited Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.’s (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in 2013. In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by COSO in 2013.
 
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the related consolidated statements of earnings, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements and our report dated March 15, 2018 expressed an unqualified opinion.
 
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Controls over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    Elliott Davis PLLC | www.elliottdavis.com
 
 
A-26
 
 
 
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 
 
 
 
/s/ Elliott Davis, PLLC
 
Charlotte, North Carolina
March 15, 2018
 
 
 
 
A-27
 
 
 
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.
 
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
 
December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
   
   
Assets
 
December 31, 2017
 
 
December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and due from banks, including reserve requirements
  $ 53,186  
    53,613  
of $7,472 at 12/31/17 and $6,075 at 12/31/16
       
       
Interest-bearing deposits
    4,118  
    16,481  
Cash and cash equivalents
    57,304  
    70,094  
 
       
       
Investment securities available for sale
    229,321  
    249,946  
Other investments
    1,830  
    2,635  
Total securities
    231,151  
    252,581  
 
       
       
Mortgage loans held for sale
    857  
    5,709  
 
       
       
Loans
    759,764  
    723,811  
Less allowance for loan losses
    (6,366 )
    (7,550 )
Net loans
    753,398  
    716,261  
 
       
       
Premises and equipment, net
    19,911  
    16,452  
Cash surrender value of life insurance
    15,552  
    14,952  
Other real estate
    118  
    283  
Accrued interest receivable and other assets
    13,875  
    11,659  
Total assets
  $ 1,092,166  
    1,087,991  
 
       
       
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
       
       
 
       
       
Deposits:
       
       
Noninterest-bearing demand
  $ 285,406  
    271,851  
NOW, MMDA & savings
    498,445  
    477,054  
Time, $250,000 or more
    18,756  
    26,771  
Other time
    104,345  
    117,242  
Total deposits
    906,952  
    892,918  
 
       
       
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    37,757  
    36,434  
FHLB borrowings
    -  
    20,000  
Junior subordinated debentures
    20,619  
    20,619  
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities
    10,863  
    10,592  
Total liabilities
    976,191  
    980,563  
 
       
       
Commitments (Note 10)
       
       
 
       
       
Shareholders' equity:
       
       
Series A preferred stock, $1,000 stated value; authorized
       
       
5,000,000 shares; no shares issued and outstanding
    -  
    -  
Common stock, no par value; authorized
       
       
20,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 5,995,256 shares
       
       
at December 31, 2017 and 5,417,800 shares at December 31, 2016
    62,096
 
    44,187  
Retained earnings
    50,286
 
    60,254  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    3,593  
    2,987  
Total shareholders' equity
    115,975  
    107,428  
 
       
       
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
  $ 1,092,166  
    1,087,991  
 
       
       
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
       
       
 
 
A-28
 
 
 
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Earnings
 
 
For the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015
 
 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
 
2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest and fees on loans
  $ 34,888  
    32,452  
    31,098  
Interest on due from banks
    219  
    123  
    26  
Interest on investment securities:
       
       
       
U.S. Government sponsored enterprises
    2,404  
    2,531  
    2,616  
States and political subdivisions
    4,236  
    4,454  
    4,600  
Other
    202  
    249  
    326  
Total interest income
    41,949  
    39,809  
    38,666  
 
       
       
       
Interest expense:
       
       
       
NOW, MMDA & savings deposits
    598  
    495  
    432  
Time deposits
    466  
    586  
    870  
FHLB borrowings
    662  
    1,661  
    1,735  
Junior subordinated debentures
    590  
    485  
    402  
Other
    61  
    44  
    45  
Total interest expense
    2,377  
    3,271  
    3,484  
 
       
       
       
Net interest income
    39,572  
    36,538  
    35,182  
 
       
       
       
(Reduction of) provision for loan losses
    (507 )
    (1,206 )
    (17 )
 
       
       
       
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
    40,079  
    37,744  
    35,199  
 
       
       
       
Non-interest income:
       
       
       
Service charges
    4,453  
    4,497  
    4,647  
Other service charges and fees
    593  
    890  
    931  
Other than temporary impairment losses
    -  
    -  
    -  
Gain on sale of securities
    -  
    729  
    -  
Mortgage banking income
    1,190  
    1,428  
    1,130  
Insurance and brokerage commissions
    761  
    632  
    714  
Gain (loss) on sales and write-downs of
       
       
       
other real estate
    (239 )
    64  
    245  
Miscellaneous
    6,080  
    5,736  
    5,645  
Total non-interest income
    12,838  
    13,976  
    13,312  
 
       
       
       
Non-interest expense:
       
       
       
Salaries and employee benefits
    20,058  
    19,264  
    18,285  
Occupancy
    6,701  
    6,765  
    6,288  
Professional fees
    1,236  
    2,439  
    1,468  
Advertising
    1,195  
    1,136  
    784  
Debit card expense
    1,248  
    1,141  
    988  
FDIC insurance
    347  
    494  
    681  
Other
    7,917
    8,743  
    7,284  
Total non-interest expense
    38,702
    39,982  
    35,778  
 
       
       
       
Earnings before income taxes
    14,215
    11,738  
    12,733  
 
       
       
       
Income tax expense
    3,947
    2,561  
    3,100  
 
       
       
       
Net earnings
  $ 10,268  
    9,177  
    9,633  
 
       
       
       
Basic net earnings per share
  $ 1.71  
    1.53  
    1.57  
Diluted net earnings per share
  $ 1.69  
    1.50  
    1.56  
Cash dividends declared per share
  $ 0.44  
    0.35  
    0.25  
 
       
       
       
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
       
       
       
 
 
A-29
 
 
 
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
 
 
For the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
 
2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net earnings
  $ 10,268  
    9,177  
    9,633  
 
       
       
       
Other comprehensive income (loss):
       
       
       
Unrealized holding gains (losses) on securities
       
       
       
available for sale
    (355 )
    (3,274 )
    93  
Reclassification adjustment for gains on
       
       
       
securities available for sale
       
       
       
included in net earnings
    -  
    (729 )
    -  
 
       
       
       
Total other comprehensive income (loss),
       
       
       
before income taxes
    (355 )
    (4,003 )
    93  
 
       
       
       
Income tax (benefit) expense related to other
       
       
       
comprehensive (loss) income:
       
       
       
 
       
       
       
Unrealized holding gains (losses) on securities
       
       
       
available for sale
    (354 )
    (1,196 )
    36  
Reclassification adjustment for gains on
       
       
       
securities available for sale
       
       
       
included in net earnings
    -  
    (284 )
    -  
 
       
       
       
Total income tax expense (benefit) related to
       
       
       
other comprehensive income (loss)
    (354 )
    (1,480 )
    36  
 
       
       
       
Total other comprehensive income (loss),
       
       
       
net of tax
  (1)
    (2,523 )
    57  
 
       
       
       
Total comprehensive income
  $ 10,267
    6,654  
    9,690  
 
       
       
       
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
       
       
       
 
 
A-30
 
 
 
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity
 
 
For the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accumulated
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common
 
 
Common
 
 
 
 
 
Other
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock
 
 
Stock
 
 
Retained
 
 
Comprehensive
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shares
 
 
Amount
 
 
Earnings
 
 
Income (loss)
 
 
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2014
    5,612,588  
  $ 48,088  
    45,124  
    5,453  
    98,665  
 
       
       
       
       
       
Common stock
       
       
       
       
       
repurchase
    (102,050 )
    (1,917 )
    -  
    -  
    (1,917 )
Cash dividends declared on
       
       
       
       
       
common stock
    -  
    -  
    (1,574 )
    -  
    (1,574 )
Net earnings
    -  
    -  
    9,633  
    -  
    9,633  
Change in accumulated other
       
       
       
       
       
comprehensive income,
       
       
       
       
       
net of tax
    -  
    -  
    -  
    57  
    57  
Balance, December 31, 2015
    5,510,538  
  $ 46,171  
    53,183  
    5,510  
    104,864  
 
       
       
       
       
       
Common stock
       
       
       
       
       
repurchase
    (92,738 )
    (1,984 )
    -  
    -  
    (1,984 )
Cash dividends declared on
       
       
       
       
       
common stock
    -  
    -  
    (2,106 )
    -  
    (2,106 )
Net earnings
    -  
    -  
    9,177  
    -  
    9,177  
Change in accumulated other
       
       
       
       
       
comprehensive income,
       
       
       
       
       
net of tax
    -  
    -  
    -  
    (2,523 )
    (2,523 )
Balance, December 31, 2016
    5,417,800  
  $ 44,187  
    60,254  
    2,987  
    107,428  
 
       
       
       
       
       
Cash dividends declared on
       
       
       
       
       
common stock
    -  
    -  
    (2,629 )
    -  
    (2,629 )
10% stock dividend
    544,844  
  16,994
    (17,000 )
      -
    (6 )
Restricted stock units exercised
    32,612  
    915  
 
      -
    915  
Net earnings
    -  
    -  
    10,268  
    -  
    10,268  
Change in accumulated other
       
       
       
       
       
comprehensive income due to
       
       
       
       
       
Tax Cuts and Jobs Act
 
 
    (607 )
    607  
    -  
Change in accumulated other
       
       
       
       
       
comprehensive income,
       
       
       
       
       
net of tax
    -  
    -  
    -  
    (1 )
    (1 )
Balance, December 31, 2017
    5,995,256  
  $ 62,096
  50,286
    3,593  
    115,975  
 
       
       
       
       
       
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
       
       
       
       
       
 
 
A-31
 
 
 
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
 
 
For the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
 
2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net earnings
  $ 10,268  
    9,177  
    9,633  
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to
       
       
       
net cash provided by operating activities:
       
       
       
Depreciation, amortization and accretion
    5,018  
    5,423  
    6,053  
Reduction of provision for loan losses
    (507 )
    (1,206 )
    (17 )
Deferred income taxes
    (2,120 )
  1,097  
    673  
Gain on sale of investment securities
    -  
        (729)  
    -  
Gain on sale of other real estate
    -  
    (81 )
    (363 )
Write-down of other real estate
    239
    17  
    118  
Restricted stock expense
    592  
    932  
    487  
Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale
    59,193  
    67,764  
    50,770  
Origination of loans held for sale
    (54,341 )
    (69,324 )
    (53,544 )
Change in:
       
       
       
Cash surrender value of life insurance
    (600 )
    (406 )
    (421 )
Other assets
  258
    (636 )
    (408 )
Other liabilities
    594
    211  
    882  
Net cash provided by operating activities
    18,594
    12,239  
    13,863  
 
       
       
       
Cash flows from investing activities:
       
       
       
Purchases of investment securities available for sale
    (10,014 )
    (12,707 )
    (19,220 )
Proceeds from sales, calls and maturities of investment securities
       
       
       
available for sale
    10,162  
    4,053  
    5,475  
Proceeds from paydowns of investment securities available for sale
    17,202  
    20,675  
    22,732  
Purchases of other investments
    (45 )
    (255 )
    (6 )
FHLB stock redemption
    850  
    1,256  
    401  
Net change in loans
    (36,748 )
    (36,116 )
    (43,441 )
Purchases of premises and equipment
    (5,557 )
    (1,610 )
    (2,354 )
Proceeds from sale of other real estate and repossessions
    44
    1,083  
    6,287  
Net cash used by investing activities
    (24,106 )
    (23,621 )
    (30,126 )
 
       
       
       
Cash flows from financing activities:
       
       
       
Net change in deposits
    14,034
    60,743  
    17,475  
Net change in securities sold under agreement to repurchase
    1,323  
    8,560  
    (20,556 )
Proceeds from FHLB borrowings
    1  
    6,000  
    20,001  
Repayments of FHLB borrowings
    (20,001 )
    (29,500 )
    (26,501 )
Proceeds from FRB borrowings
    1  
    1  
    1  
Repayments of FRB borrowings
    (1 )
    (1 )
    (1 )
Proceeds from Fed Funds Purchased
    187  
    9,112  
    5,192  
Repayments of Fed Funds Purchased
    (187 )
    (9,112 )
    (5,192 )
Common stock repurchased
      -
  (1,984)
  (1,917)  
Cash dividends paid in lieu of fractional shares
  (6)
 
   
Cash dividends paid on common stock
    (2,629 )
    (2,106 )
    (1,574 )
 
       
       
       
Net cash (used) provided by financing activities
    (7,278 )
    41,713  
    (13,072 )
 
       
       
       
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
    (12,790 )
    30,331  
    (29,335 )
 
       
       
       
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    70,094  
    39,763  
    69,098  
 
       
       
       
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 57,304  
    70,094  
    39,763  
 
 
A-32
 
 
 
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, continued
 
 
For the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
 
2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash paid during the year for:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest
  $ 2,526  
    3,415  
    3,518  
Income taxes
  $ 2,408  
    2,028  
    2,278  
 
       
       
       
Noncash investing and financing activities:
       
       
       
Change in unrealized (loss) gain on investment securities
       
       
       
 available for sale, net
  $ (1 )
    (2,523 )
    57  
Transfer of loans to other real estate and repossessions
  $ 118  
    563  
    4,825  
Issuance of accrued restricted stock units
  $ (915 )
    -  
    -  
Financed portion of sale of other real estate
  $ -  
    -  
    60  
 
       
       
       
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
       
       
       
 
 
A-33
 
 
PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(1) 
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Organization
Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. (“Bancorp”) received regulatory approval to operate as a bank holding company on July 22, 1999, and became effective August 31, 1999. Bancorp is primarily regulated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and serves as the one-bank holding company for Peoples Bank (the “Bank”).
 
The Bank commenced business in 1912 upon receipt of its banking charter from the North Carolina Commissioner of Banks (the “Commissioner”). The Bank is primarily regulated by the Commissioner and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) and undergoes periodic examinations by these regulatory agencies. The Bank, whose main office is in Newton, North Carolina, provides a full range of commercial and consumer banking services primarily in Catawba, Alexander, Lincoln, Mecklenburg, Iredell, Union, Wake and Durham counties in North Carolina.
 
Peoples Investment Services, Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank and began operations in 1996 to provide investment and trust services through agreements with an outside party.
 
Real Estate Advisory Services, Inc. (“REAS”) is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank and began operations in 1997 to provide real estate appraisal and property management services to individuals and commercial customers of the Bank.
 
Community Bank Real Estate Solutions, LLC (“CBRES”) is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank and began operations in 2009 as a “clearing house” for appraisal services for community banks. Other banks are able to contract with CBRES to find and engage appropriate appraisal companies in the area where the property is located.
 
PB Real Estate Holdings, LLC (“PBREH”) is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank and began operation in 2015. PBREH acquires, manages and disposes of real property, other collateral and other assets obtained in the ordinary course of collecting debts previously contracted.
 
The Bank operates three banking offices focused on the Latino population that were formerly operated as a division of the Bank under the name Banco de la Gente (“Banco”). These offices are now branded as Bank branches and considered a separate market territory of the Bank as they offer normal and customary banking services as are offered in the Bank’s other branches such as the taking of deposits and the making of loans.
 
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Bancorp and its wholly owned subsidiary, the Bank, along with the Bank’s wholly owned subsidiaries, Peoples Investment Services, Inc., REAS, CBRES and PBREH (collectively called the “Company”). All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.  
 
Basis of Presentation
The accounting principles followed by the Company, and the methods of applying these principles, conform with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and with general practices in the banking industry. In preparing the financial statements in conformity with GAAP, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the financial statements. Actual results could differ significantly from these estimates. Material estimates common to the banking industry that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term include, but are not limited to, the determination of the allowance for loan losses and valuation of real estate acquired in connection with or in lieu of foreclosure on loans.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash, due from banks and interest-bearing deposits are considered cash and cash equivalents for cash flow reporting purposes.
 
 
A-34
 
 
Investment Securities
There are three classifications the Company is able to classify its investment securities: trading, available for sale, or held to maturity. Trading securities are bought and held principally for sale in the near term. Held to maturity securities are those securities for which the Company has the ability and intent to hold until maturity. All other securities not included in trading or held to maturity are classified as available for sale. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company classified all of its investment securities as available for sale.
 
Available for sale securities are recorded at fair value. Unrealized holding gains and losses, net of the related tax effect, are excluded from earnings and are reported as a separate component of shareholders’ equity until realized.
 
Management evaluates investment securities for other-than-temporary impairment on an annual basis. A decline in the market value of any investment below cost that is deemed other-than-temporary is charged to earnings for the decline in value deemed to be credit related and a new cost basis in the security is established. The decline in value attributed to non-credit related factors is recognized in comprehensive income.
 
Premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted over the life of the related security as an adjustment to the yield. Realized gains and losses for securities classified as available for sale are included in earnings and are derived using the specific identification method for determining the cost of securities sold.
 
Other Investments
Other investments include equity securities with no readily determinable fair value. These investments are carried at cost.
 
Mortgage Loans Held for Sale
Mortgage loans held for sale are carried at lower of aggregate cost or market value. The cost of mortgage loans held for sale approximates the market value.
 
Loans
Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity are reported at the principal amount outstanding, net of the allowance for loan losses. Interest on loans is calculated by using the simple interest method on daily balances of the principal amount outstanding. The recognition of certain loan origination fee income and certain loan origination costs is deferred when such loans are originated and amortized over the life of the loan.
 
A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan will not be collected. Impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows, discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or at the loan’s observable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.
 
Accrual of interest is discontinued on a loan when management believes, after considering economic conditions and collection efforts, that the borrower’s financial condition is such that collection of interest is doubtful. Interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed against current period earnings.
 
Allowance for Loan Losses
The allowance for loan losses reflects management’s assessment and estimate of the risks associated with extending credit and its evaluation of the quality of the loan portfolio. The Bank periodically analyzes the loan portfolio in an effort to review asset quality and to establish an allowance for loan losses that management believes will be adequate in light of anticipated risks and loan losses. In assessing the adequacy of the allowance, size, quality and risk of loans in the portfolio are reviewed. Other factors considered are:
 
the Bank’s loan loss experience;
the amount of past due and non-performing loans;
specific known risks;
the status and amount of other past due and non-performing assets;
underlying estimated values of collateral securing loans;
current and anticipated economic conditions; and
other factors which management believes affect the allowance for potential credit losses.
 
 
A-35
 
 
Management uses several measures to assess and monitor the credit risks in the loan portfolio, including a loan grading system that begins upon loan origination and continues until the loan is collected or collectability becomes doubtful. Upon loan origination, the Bank’s originating loan officer evaluates the quality of the loan and assigns one of eight risk grades. The loan officer monitors the loan’s performance and credit quality and makes changes to the credit grade as conditions warrant. When originated or renewed, all loans over a certain dollar amount receive in-depth reviews and risk assessments by the Bank’s Credit Administration. Before making any changes in these risk grades, management considers assessments as determined by the third party credit review firm (as described below), regulatory examiners and the Bank’s Credit Administration. Any issues regarding the risk assessments are addressed by the Bank’s senior credit administrators and factored into management’s decision to originate or renew the loan. The Bank’s Board of Directors reviews, on a monthly basis, an analysis of the Bank’s reserves relative to the range of reserves estimated by the Bank’s Credit Administration.
 
As an additional measure, the Bank engages an independent third party to review the underwriting, documentation and risk grading analyses. This independent third party reviews and evaluates loan relationships greater than $1.0 million, excluding loans in default, and loans in process of litigation or liquidation. The third party’s evaluation and report is shared with management and the Bank’s Board of Directors.
 
Management considers certain commercial loans with weak credit risk grades to be individually impaired and measures such impairment based upon available cash flows and the value of the collateral. Allowance or reserve levels are estimated for all other graded loans in the portfolio based on their assigned credit risk grade, type of loan and other matters related to credit risk.
 
Management uses the information developed from the procedures described above in evaluating and grading the loan portfolio. This continual grading process is used to monitor the credit quality of the loan portfolio and to assist management in estimating the allowance for loan losses. The provision for loan losses charged or credited to earnings is based upon management’s judgment of the amount necessary to maintain the allowance at a level appropriate to absorb probable incurred losses in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. The amount each quarter is dependent upon many factors, including growth and changes in the composition of the loan portfolio, net charge-offs, delinquencies, management’s assessment of loan portfolio quality, the value of collateral, and other macro-economic factors and trends. The evaluation of these factors is performed quarterly by management through an analysis of the appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses.
 
The allowance for loan losses is comprised of three components: specific reserves, general reserves and unallocated reserves. After a loan has been identified as impaired, management measures impairment. When the measure of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, the amount of the impairment is recorded as a specific reserve. These specific reserves are determined on an individual loan basis based on management’s current evaluation of the Bank’s loss exposure for each credit, given the appraised value of any underlying collateral. Loans for which specific reserves are provided are excluded from the general allowance calculations as described below.
 
The general allowance reflects reserves established under GAAP for collective loan impairment. These reserves are based upon historical net charge-offs using the greater of the last two, three, four or five years’ loss experience. This charge-off experience may be adjusted to reflect the effects of current conditions. The Bank considers information derived from its loan risk ratings and external data related to industry and general economic trends in establishing reserves.
 
The unallocated allowance is determined through management’s assessment of probable losses that are in the portfolio but are not adequately captured by the other two components of the allowance, including consideration of current economic and business conditions and regulatory requirements. The unallocated allowance also reflects management’s acknowledgement of the imprecision and subjectivity that underlie the modeling of credit risk. Due to the subjectivity involved in determining the overall allowance, including the unallocated portion, the unallocated portion may fluctuate from period to period based on management’s evaluation of the factors affecting the assumptions used in calculating the allowance.
 
There were no significant changes in the estimation methods or fundamental assumptions used in the evaluation of the allowance for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2017 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. Revisions, estimates and assumptions may be made in any period in which the supporting factors indicate that loss levels may vary from the previous estimates.
 
 
A-36
 
 
Effective December 31, 2012, stated income mortgage loans from the Banco offices were analyzed separately from other single family residential loans in the Bank’s loan portfolio. These loans are first mortgage loans made to the Latino market, primarily in Mecklenburg and surrounding counties. These loans are non-traditional mortgages in that the customer normally did not have a credit history, so all credit information was accumulated by the loan officers. These loans were made as stated income loans rather than full documentation loans because the customer may not have had complete documentation on the income supporting the loan.
 
Various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Bank’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require adjustments to the allowance based on their judgments of information available to them at the time of their examinations. Management believes it has established the allowance for credit losses pursuant to GAAP, and has taken into account the views of its regulators and the current economic environment.   Management considers the allowance for loan losses adequate to cover the estimated losses inherent in the Bank’s loan portfolio as of the date of the financial statements. Although management uses the best information available to make evaluations, significant future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic and other conditions, thus adversely affecting the operating results of the Company.
 
Mortgage Banking Activities
Mortgage banking income represents net gains from the sale of mortgage loans and fees received from borrowers and loan investors related to the Bank’s origination of single-family residential mortgage loans.
 
Mortgage loans serviced for others are not included in the accompanying balance sheets. The unpaid principal balances of mortgage loans serviced for others was approximately $1.0 million, $1.4 million and $1.6 million at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
 
The Bank originates certain fixed rate mortgage loans and commits these loans for sale. The commitments to originate fixed rate mortgage loans and the commitments to sell these loans to a third party are both derivative contracts. The fair value of these derivative contracts is immaterial and has no effect on the recorded amounts in the financial statements.
 
Premises and Equipment
Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed primarily using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any gain or loss is reflected in earnings for that period. The cost of maintenance and repairs that do not improve or extend the useful life of the respective asset is charged to earnings as incurred, whereas significant renewals and improvements are capitalized. The range of estimated useful lives for premises and equipment are generally as follows:
 
Buildings and improvements
10 - 50 years
Furniture and equipment
3 - 10 years
 
Other Real Estate
Foreclosed assets include all assets received in full or partial satisfaction of a loan. Foreclosed assets are reported at fair value less estimated selling costs. Any write-downs at the time of foreclosure are charged to the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management, and a valuation allowance is established if fair value less estimated selling costs declines below carrying value. Costs relating to the development and improvement of the property are capitalized. Revenues and expenses from operations are included in other expenses. Changes in the valuation allowance are included in loss on sale and write-down of other real estate.
 
Income Taxes
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Additionally, the recognition of future tax benefits, such as net operating loss carryforwards, is required to the extent that the realization of such benefits is more likely than not to occur. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which the assets and liabilities are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income tax expense in the period that includes the enactment date.
 
In the event the future tax consequences of differences between the financial reporting bases and the tax bases of the Company’s assets and liabilities results in a deferred tax asset, an evaluation of the probability of being able to
 
 
A-37
 
 
realize the future benefits indicated by such asset is required. A valuation allowance is provided for the portion of the deferred tax asset when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. In assessing the realizability of a deferred tax asset, management considers the scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies.
 
Tax effects from an uncertain tax position can be recognized in the financial statements only when it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authority that would have full knowledge of all relevant information. A tax position that meets the more likely than not recognition threshold is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Previously recognized tax positions that no longer meet the more likely than not recognition threshold should be derecognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is no longer met. The Company assessed the impact of this guidance and determined that it did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or disclosures.
 
Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities
In the normal course of business, the Company enters into derivative contracts to manage interest rate risk by modifying the characteristics of the related balance sheet instruments in order to reduce the adverse effect of changes in interest rates. All material derivative financial instruments are recorded at fair value in the financial statements. The fair value of derivative contracts related to the origination of fixed rate mortgage loans and the commitments to sell these loans to a third party is immaterial and has no effect on the recorded amounts in the financial statements.
 
The disclosure requirements for derivatives and hedging activities have the intent to provide users of financial statements with an enhanced understanding of: (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. The disclosure requirements include qualitative disclosures about objectives and strategies for using derivatives, quantitative disclosures about the fair value of, and gains and losses on, derivative instruments, and disclosures about credit-risk-related contingent features in derivative instruments.
 
On the date a derivative contract is entered into, the Company designates the derivative as a fair value hedge, a cash flow hedge, or a trading instrument. Changes in the fair value of instruments used as fair value hedges are accounted for in the earnings of the period simultaneous with accounting for the fair value change of the item being hedged. Changes in the fair value of the effective portion of cash flow hedges are accounted for in other comprehensive income rather than earnings. Changes in fair value of instruments that are not intended as a hedge are accounted for in the earnings of the period of the change.
 
If a derivative instrument designated as a fair value hedge is terminated or the hedge designation removed, the difference between a hedged item’s then carrying amount and its face amount is recognized into income over the original hedge period. Likewise, if a derivative instrument designated as a cash flow hedge is terminated or the hedge designation removed, related amounts accumulated in other accumulated comprehensive income are reclassified into earnings over the original hedge period during which the hedged item affects income.
 
The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivatives depends on the intended use of the derivative, whether the Company has elected to designate a derivative in a hedging relationship and apply hedge accounting and whether the hedging relationship has satisfied the criteria necessary to apply hedge accounting. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset, liability, or firm commitment attributable to a particular risk, such as interest rate risk, are considered fair value hedges. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows, or other types of forecasted transactions, are considered cash flow hedges. Hedge accounting generally provides for the matching of the timing of gain or loss recognition on the hedging instrument with the recognition of the changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk in a fair value hedge or the earnings effect of the hedged forecasted transactions in a cash flow hedge. The Company may enter into derivative contracts that are intended to economically hedge certain of its risks, even though hedge accounting does not apply or the Company elects not to apply hedge accounting.
 
The Company formally documents all hedging relationships, including an assessment that the derivative instruments are expected to be highly effective in offsetting the changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged items.
 
Advertising Costs
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.
 
 
A-38
 
 
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company has an Omnibus Stock Ownership and Long Term Incentive Plan that was approved by shareholders on May 7, 2009 (the “Plan”) whereby certain stock-based rights, such as stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance units, stock appreciation rights or book value shares, may be granted to eligible directors and employees. A total of 284,658 shares are currently reserved for possible issuance under the Plan. All stock-based rights under the Plan must be granted or awarded by May 7, 2019 (i.e., ten years from the Plan effective date).
 
The Company granted 32,465 restricted stock units under the Plan at a grant date fair value of $7.18 per share during the first quarter of 2012, of which 5,891 restricted stock units were forfeited by the executive officers of the Company as required by the agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“UST”) in conjunction with the Company’s participation in the Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”) under the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”). In July 2012, the Company granted 5,891 restricted stock units at a grant date fair value of $7.50 per share. The Company granted 29,475 restricted stock units under the Plan at a grant date fair value of $10.82 per share during the second quarter of 2013. The Company granted 23,162 restricted stock units under the Plan at a grant date fair value of $14.27 per share during the first quarter of 2014. The Company granted 16,583 restricted stock units under the Plan at a grant date fair value of $16.34 per share during the first quarter of 2015. The Company granted 5,544 restricted stock units under the Plan at a grant date fair value of $16.91 per share during the first quarter of 2016. The Company granted 4,114 restricted stock units under the Plan at a grant date fair value of $25.00 per share during the first quarter of 2017. The number of restricted stock units granted and grant date fair values have been restated to reflect the 10% stock dividend during the fourth quarter of 2017. The Company recognizes compensation expense on the restricted stock units over the period of time the restrictions are in place (five years from the grant date for the 2012 grants, four years from the grant date for the 2013, 2015, 2016 and 2017 grants and three years from the grant date for the 2014 grants). The amount of expense recorded each period reflects the changes in the Company’s stock price during such period. As of December 31, 2017, the total unrecognized compensation expense related to the restricted stock unit grants under the Plan was $319,000.
 
The Company recognized compensation expense for restricted stock units granted under the Plan of $592,000, $932,000 and $487,000 for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
 
Net Earnings Per Share
Net earnings per common share is based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period while the effects of potential common shares outstanding during the period are included in diluted earnings per common share. The average market price during the year is used to compute equivalent shares.
 
The reconciliations of the amounts used in the computation of both “basic earnings per common share” and “diluted earnings per common share” for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 are as follows:
 
For the year ended December 31, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Earnings
(Dollars in
thousands)
 
 
Weighted
Average
Number of
Shares
 
 
Per Share
Amount
 
Basic earnings per share
  $ 10,268  
    5,988,183  
  $ 1.71  
Effect of dilutive securities:
       
       
       
Restricted stock units
    -  
    74,667  
       
Diluted earnings per share
  $ 10,268  
    6,062,850  
  $ 1.69  
 
For the year ended December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Earnings
(Dollars in
thousands)
 
 
Weighted
Average
Number of
Shares
 
 
Per Share
Amount
 
Basic earnings per share
  $ 9,177  
    6,024,970  
  $ 1.53  
Effect of dilutive securities:
       
       
       
Restricted stock units
    -  
    77,807  
       
Diluted earnings per share
  $ 9,177  
    6,102,777  
  $ 1.50  
 
 
A-39
 
 
For the year ended December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Earnings
(Dollars in
thousands)
 
 
Weighted
Average
Number of
Shares
 
 
Per Share
Amount
 
Basic earnings per share
  $ 9,633  
    6,115,159  
  $ 1.57  
Effect of dilutive securities:
       
       
       
Restricted stock units
    -  
    52,749  
       
Diluted earnings per share
  $ 9,633  
    6,167,908  
  $ 1.56  
 
In November 2017, the Board of Directors of the Company declared a cash dividend in the amount of $0.12 per share and a 10% stock dividend. The cash dividend was paid based on the number of shares held by shareholders on the record date of December 4, 2017. As a result of the stock dividend, each shareholder received one new share of stock for every ten shares of stock they held as of the record date of December 4, 2017. The payable date for the cash dividend and stock dividend was December 15, 2017. All previously reported per share amounts have been restated to reflect this stock dividend.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, (Topic 606): Revenue from Contracts with Customers . ASU No. 2014-09 provides guidance on the   recognition of revenue from contracts with customers. The core principle of the new guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to reflect the transfer of goods and services to customers in an amount equal to the consideration the entity receives or expects to receive. ASU No. 2014-09 is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017.
 
The Company will apply ASU No. 2014-09 using a modified retrospective approach. The Company’s revenue is comprised of net interest income and noninterest income. The scope of ASU No. 2014-09 explicitly excludes net interest income as well as many other revenues for financial assets and liabilities including loans, leases, securities, and derivatives. Accordingly, the majority of the Company’s revenues will not be affected. The Company is currently assessing its revenue contracts related to revenue streams that are within the scope of ASU No. 2014-09. The Company’s accounting policies will not change materially since the principles of revenue recognition from ASU No. 2014-09 are largely consistent with existing guidance and the Company’s current practices. The Company has not identified material changes to the timing or amount of revenue recognition. However, the Company does anticipate that it will make changes to its revenue-related disclosures. The Company will provide qualitative disclosures of its performance obligations related to its revenue recognition and will continue to evaluate disaggregation for significant categories of revenue within the scope of ASU No. 2014-09.
 
In February 2016, FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, (Topic 842): Leases . ASU No. 2016-02 increases transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. ASU No. 2016-02 is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2018.
 
The Company expects to adopt ASU No. 2016-02 using the modified retrospective method and practical expedients for transition. The practical expedients allow the Company to largely account for its existing leases consistent with current guidance except for the incremental balance sheet recognition for lessees. The Company has started an initial evaluation of its leasing contracts and activities and has started developing its methodology to estimate the right-of use assets and lease liabilities, which is based on the present value of lease payments (the December 31, 2017 future minimum lease payments were $4.8 million). While the Company does not expect there to be a material change in the timing of expense recognition, it is too early in the evaluation process to determine if there will be a material change to the timing of expense recognition. The Company is evaluating its existing disclosures and may need to provide additional information as a result of adoption of ASU No. 2016-02.
 
In June 2016, FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments . ASU No. 2016-13 provides guidance to change the accounting for credit losses and modify the impairment model for certain debt securities. ASU No. 2016-13 is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for all organizations for periods beginning after December 15, 2018.
 
The Company will apply the amendments to ASU No. 2016-13 through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the year of adoption. While early adoption is permitted beginning in the first quarter of 2019, the Company does not expect to elect that option. The Company is evaluating the impact of ASU
 
 
A-40
 
 
No. 2016-13 on its consolidated financial statements. The Company anticipates that ASU No. 2016-13 will have no material impact on the recorded allowance for loan losses given the change to estimated losses over the contractual life of the loans adjusted for expected prepayments. In addition to the Company’s allowance for loan losses, it will also record an allowance for credit losses on debt securities instead of applying the impairment model currently utilized. The amount of the adjustments will be impacted by each portfolio’s composition and credit quality at the adoption date as well as economic conditions and forecasts at that time.
 
In January 2017, FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01, (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business. ASU No. 2017-01 adds guidance to assist companies and other reporting organizations with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. ASU No. 2017-01 is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2017. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or disclosures.
 
In January 2017, FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment . ASU No. 2017-04 provides guidance   to simplify the accounting related to goodwill impairment. ASU No. 2017-04 is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2019. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or disclosures.
 
In February 2017, FASB issued ASU No. 2017-05, (Subtopic 610-20): Clarifying the Scope of Asset Derecognition Guidance and Accounting for Partial Sales of Nonfinancial Assets . ASU No. 2017-05 clarifies the scope of established guidance on nonfinancial asset derecognition (issued as part of the new revenue standard, ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers ), as well as the accounting for partial sales of nonfinancial assets. ASU No. 2017-05 is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2017. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or disclosures.
 
In March 2017, FASB issued ASU No. 2017-07, (Topic 715): Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Costs . ASU No. 2017-07 amended the requirements related to the income statement presentation of the components of net periodic benefit cost for an entity’s sponsored defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans. ASU No. 2017-07 is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2017. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or disclosures.
 
In March 2017, FASB issued ASU No. 2017-08, (Subtopic 310-20): Premium Amortization on Purchased Callable Debt Securities. ASU No. 2017-08 amended the requirements related to the amortization period for certain purchased callable debt securities held at a premium. ASU No. 2017-08 is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2018. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or disclosures.
 
In May 2017, FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09, (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting . ASU No. 2017-09 amended   the requirements related to changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award. ASU No. 2017-09 is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2017. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or disclosures.
 
In September 2017, FASB issued ASU No. 2017-13, Revenue Recognition (Topic 605), Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), Leases (Topic 840), and Leases (Topic 842). ASU No. 2017-13 updated the Revenue from Contracts with Customers and the Leases Topics of the Accounting Standards Codification. The amendments incorporate into the Accounting Standards Codification recent SEC guidance about certain public business entities (PBEs) electing to use the non-PBE effective dates solely to adopt the FASB’s new standards on revenue and leases. ASU No. 2017-13 was effective upon issuance. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact of adoption of this guidance, however it does not expect these amendments to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or disclosures.
 
In November 2017, FASB issued ASU No. 2017-14, Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive, Income (Topic 220), Revenue Recognition (Topic 605), and Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) . ASU No. 2017-14 incorporates into the Accounting Standards Codification recent Securities Exchange Commission ("SEC") guidance related to revenue recognition. ASU No. 2017-14 was effective upon issuance. The Company
 
 
A-41
 
 
is currently in the process of evaluating the impact of adoption of this guidance, however it does not expect these amendments to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or disclosures.
 
In February 2018, FASB issued ASU 2018-02, Income Statement (Topic 220): Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income . ASU No. 2018-02 requires companies to reclassify the stranded effects in other comprehensive income to retained earnings as a result of the change in the tax rates under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. The Company has opted to early adopt this pronouncement by retrospective application to each period in which the effect of the change in the tax rate under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act is recognized. The impact of the reclassification from other comprehensive income to retained earnings is $607,000.

Other accounting standards that have been issued or proposed by FASB or other standards-setting bodies are not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of   operations, financial position or disclosures.
 
Reclassification
Certain amounts in the 2015 and 2016 consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the 2017 presentation.
 
(2)  
Investment Securities
 
Investment securities available for sale at December 31, 2017 and 2016 are as follows:
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2017
 
 
 
Amortized
Cost
 
 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
 
Estimated
Fair Value
 
Mortgage-backed securities
  $ 53,124  
    814  
    329  
    53,609  
U.S. Government
       
       
       
       
sponsored enterprises
    40,504  
    140  
    264  
    40,380  
State and political subdivisions
    129,276  
    4,310  
    16  
    133,570  
Corporate bonds
    1,500  
    12  
    -  
    1,512  
Trust preferred securities
    250  
    -  
    -  
    250  
Total
  $ 224,654  
    5,276  
    609  
    229,321  
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 Amortized
Cost
 
 
 Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 
 
 Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
 
 Estimated
Fair Value
 
Mortgage-backed securities
  $ 66,654  
    1,221  
    290  
    67,585  
U.S. Government
       
       
       
       
sponsored enterprises
    38,188  
    308  
    274  
    38,222  
State and political subdivisions
    137,832  
    4,176  
    152  
    141,856  
Corporate bonds
    1,500  
    33  
    -  
    1,533  
Trust preferred securities
    750  
    -  
    -  
    750  
Total
  $ 244,924  
    5,738  
    716  
    249,946  
 
The current fair value and associated unrealized losses on investments in debt securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2017 and 2016 are summarized in the tables below, with the length of time the individual securities have been in a continuous loss position.
 
 
A-42
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2017        
 
 
 
 Less than 12 Months
 
 
 12 Months or More
 
 
Total
 
 
 
 Fair Value
 
 
 Unrealized
Losses
 
 
 Fair Value
 
 
 Unrealized
Losses
 
 
 Fair Value
 
 
 Unrealized
Losses
 
Mortgage-backed securities
  $ 8,701  
    75  
    11,259  
    254  
    19,960  
    329  
U.S. Government
       
       
       
       
       
       
sponsored enterprises
    12,661  
    98  
    10,067  
    166  
    22,728  
    264  
State and political subdivisions
    798  
    2  
    1,501  
    14  
    2,299  
    16  
Total
  $ 22,160  
    175  
    22,827  
    434  
    44,987  
    609  
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 Less than 12 Months
 
 
 12 Months or More
 
 
   Total        
 
 
 
 Fair Value
 
 
 Unrealized
Losses
 
 
 Fair Value
 
 
 Unrealized
Losses
 
 
 Fair Value
 
 
 Unrealized
Losses
 
Mortgage-backed securities
  $ 15,594  
    290  
    -  
    -  
    15,594  
    290  
U.S. Government
       
       
       
       
       
       
sponsored enterprises
    10,120  
    94  
    9,562  
    180  
    19,682  
    274  
State and political subdivisions
    10,441  
    123  
    561  
    29  
    11,002  
    152  
Total
  $ 36,155  
    507  
    10,123  
    209  
    46,278  
    716  
 
At December 31, 2017, unrealized losses in the investment securities portfolio relating to debt securities totaled $609,000. The unrealized losses on these debt securities arose due to changing interest rates and are considered to be temporary. From the December 31, 2017 tables above, four out of 159 securities issued by state and political subdivisions contained unrealized losses and 27 out of 78 securities issued by U.S. Government sponsored enterprises, including mortgage-backed securities, contained unrealized losses. These unrealized losses are considered temporary because of acceptable financial condition and results of operations on each security and the repayment sources of principal and interest on U.S. Government sponsored enterprises, including mortgage-backed securities, are government backed.
 
The Company periodically evaluates its investments for any impairment which would be deemed other-than-temporary.   No investment impairments were deemed other-than-temporary in 2017, 2016 or 2015.
 
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of investment securities available for sale at December 31, 2017, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities of mortgage-backed securities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
 
December 31, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortized
Cost
 
 
Estimated
Fair Value
 
Due within one year
  $ 17,584  
    17,682  
Due from one to five years
    96,639  
    99,547  
Due from five to ten years
    48,542  
    49,578  
Due after ten years
    8,765  
    8,905  
Mortgage-backed securities
    53,124  
    53,609  
Equity securities
    -  
    -  
Total
  $ 224,654  
    229,321  
 
No securities available for sale were sold during the year ended December 31, 2017. During 2016, proceeds from sales of securities available for sale were $1.5 million and resulted in gross gains of $729,000. No securities available for sale were sold during the year ended December 31, 2015.
 
Securities with a fair value of approximately $105.6 million and $95.6 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits, Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta (“FHLB”) borrowings and for other purposes as required by law.
 
 
A-43
 
 
GAAP establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. There is a three-level fair value hierarchy for fair value measurements. Level 1 inputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that a company has the ability to access at the measurement date. Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability. The table below presents the balance of securities available for sale, which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis by level within the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2017
 
 
 
Fair Value
Measurements
 
 
Level 1
Valuation
 
 
Level 2
Valuation
 
 
Level 3
Valuation
 
Mortgage-backed securities
  $ 53,609  
    -  
    53,609  
    -  
U.S. Government
       
       
       
       
sponsored enterprises
  $ 40,380  
    -  
    40,380  
    -  
State and political subdivisions
  $ 133,570  
    -  
    133,570  
    -  
Corporate bonds
  $ 1,512  
    -  
    1,512  
    -  
Trust preferred securities
  $ 250  
    -  
    -  
    250  
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2016
 
 
 
Fair Value
Measurements
 
 
Level 1
Valuation
 
 
Level 2
Valuation
 
 
Level 3
Valuation
 
Mortgage-backed securities
  $ 67,585  
    -  
    67,585  
    -  
U.S. Government
       
       
       
       
sponsored enterprises
  $ 38,222  
    -  
    38,222  
    -  
State and political subdivisions
  $ 141,856  
    -  
    141,856  
    -  
Corporate bonds
  $ 1,533  
    -  
    1,533  
    -  
Trust preferred securities
  $ 750  
    -  
    -  
    750  
 
Fair values of investment securities available for sale are determined by obtaining quoted prices on nationally recognized securities exchanges when available. If quoted prices are not available, fair value is determined using matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique used widely in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted securities.
 
The following is an analysis of fair value measurements of investment securities available for sale using Level 3, significant unobservable inputs, for the year ended December 31, 2017.
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
Investment Securities
Available for Sale
 
 
 
Level 3 Valuation
 
Balance, beginning of period
  $ 750  
Change in book value
    -  
Change in gain/(loss) realized and unrealized
    -  
Purchases/(sales and calls)
    (500 )
Transfers in and/or (out) of Level 3
    -  
Balance, end of period
  $ 250  
 
       
Change in unrealized gain/(loss) for assets still held in Level 3
  $ -  
 
 
A-44
 
 
 (3) 
Loans
 
Major classifications of loans at December 31, 2017 and 2016 are summarized as follows:
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2017
 
 
December 31, 2016
 
Real estate loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction and land development
  $ 84,987  
    61,749  
Single-family residential
    246,703  
    240,700  
Single-family residential -
       
       
Banco de la Gente stated income
    37,249  
    40,189  
Commercial
    248,637  
    247,521  
Multifamily and farmland
    28,937  
    21,047  
Total real estate loans
    646,513  
    611,206  
 
       
       
Loans not secured by real estate:
       
       
Commercial loans
    89,022  
    87,596  
Farm loans
    1,204  
    -  
Consumer loans
    9,888  
    9,832  
All other loans
    13,137  
    15,177  
 
       
       
Total loans
    759,764  
    723,811  
 
       
       
Less allowance for loan losses
    6,366  
    7,550  
 
       
       
Total net loans
  $ 753,398  
    716,261  
 
The above table includes deferred costs, net of deferred fees, totaling $1.6 million and $1.4 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
 
The Bank grants loans and extensions of credit primarily within the Catawba Valley region of North Carolina, which encompasses Catawba, Alexander, Iredell and Lincoln counties and also in Mecklenburg, Union, Wake and Durham counties of North Carolina. Although the Bank has a diversified loan portfolio, a substantial portion of the loan portfolio is collateralized by improved and unimproved real estate, the value of which is dependent upon the real estate market. Risk characteristics of the major components of the Bank’s loan portfolio are discussed below:
 
Construction and land development loans – The risk of loss is largely dependent on the initial estimate of whether the property’s value at completion equals or exceeds the cost of property construction and the availability of take-out financing. During the construction phase, a number of factors can result in delays or cost overruns. If the estimate is inaccurate or if actual construction costs exceed estimates, the value of the property securing the loan may be insufficient to ensure full repayment when completed through a permanent loan, sale of the property, or by seizure of collateral. As of December 31, 2017, construction and land development loans comprised approximately 11% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio.
 
Single-family residential loans – Declining home sales volumes, decreased real estate values and higher than normal levels of unemployment could contribute to losses on these loans. As of December 31, 2017, single-family residential loans comprised approximately 37% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio, including Banco single-family residential stated income loans which were approximately 5% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio.
 
Commercial real estate loans – Repayment is dependent on income being generated in amounts sufficient to cover operating expenses and debt service. These loans also involve greater risk because they are generally not fully amortizing over a loan period, but rather have a balloon payment due at maturity. A borrower’s ability to make a balloon payment typically will depend on being able to either refinance the loan or timely sell the underlying property. As of December 31, 2017, commercial real estate loans comprised approximately 33% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio.
 
Commercial loans – Repayment is generally dependent upon the successful operation of the borrower’s business. In addition, the collateral securing the loans may depreciate over time, be difficult to appraise, be illiquid, or fluctuate in value based on the success of the business. As of December 31, 2017, commercial loans comprised approximately 12% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio.
 
 
A-45
 
 
Loans are considered past due if the required principal and interest payments have not been received as of the date such payments were due. Loans are placed on non-accrual status when, in management’s opinion, the borrower may be unable to meet payment obligations as they become due, as well as when required by regulatory provisions. Loans may be placed on non-accrual status regardless of whether or not such loans are considered past due. When interest accrual is discontinued, all unpaid accrued interest is reversed. Interest income is subsequently recognized only to the extent cash payments are received in excess of principal due. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.
 
The following tables present an age analysis of past due loans, by loan type, as of December 31, 2017 and 2016:
 
December 31, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans 30-89
Days Past
Due
 
 
Loans 90 or
More Days
Past Due
 
 
Total
Past Due
Loans
 
 
Total
Current
Loans
 
 
Total
Loans
 
  Accruing
Loans 90 or
More Days
Past Due

Real estate loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction and land development
  $ 277  
    -  
    277  
    84,710  
    84,987  
    -  
Single-family residential
    3,241  
    193  
    3,434  
    243,269  
    246,703  
    -  
Single-family residential -
       
       
       
       
       
       
Banco de la Gente stated income
    4,078  
    465  
    4,543  
    32,706  
    37,249  
    -  
Commercial
    588  
    -  
    588  
    248,049  
    248,637  
    -  
Multifamily and farmland
    -  
    12  
    12  
    28,925  
    28,937  
    -  
Total real estate loans
    8,184  
    670  
    8,854  
    637,659  
    646,513  
    -  
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
Loans not secured by real estate:
       
       
       
       
       
       
Commercial loans
    53  
    100  
    153  
    88,869  
    89,022  
    -  
Farm loans
    -  
    -  
    -  
    1,204  
    1,204  
    -  
Consumer loans
    113  
    5  
    118  
    9,770  
    9,888  
    -  
All other loans
    -  
    -  
    -  
    13,137  
    13,137  
    -  
Total loans
  $ 8,350  
    775  
    9,125  
    750,639  
    759,764  
    -  
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
 
December 31, 2016
(Dollars in thousands)
        
        
        
        
        
        

 
Loans 30-89
Days Past
Due
 
 
Loans 90 or
More Days
Past Due
 
 
Total
Past Due
Loans
 
 
Total
Current
Loans
 
 
Total
Loans
 
 
Accruing
Loans 90 or
More Days
Past Due
 
Real estate loans:  
       
       
       
       
       
       
Construction and land development
  $ -  
    10  
    10  
    61,739  
    61,749  
    -  
Single-family residential
    4,890  
    80  
    4,970  
    235,730  
    240,700  
    -  
Single-family residential -
       
       
       
       
       
       
Banco de la Gente stated income
    5,250  
    249  
    5,499  
    34,690  
    40,189  
    -  
Commercial
    342  
    126  
    468  
    247,053  
    247,521  
    -  
Multifamily and farmland
    471  
    -  
    471  
    20,576  
    21,047  
    -  
Total real estate loans
    10,953  
    465  
    11,418  
    599,788  
    611,206  
    -  
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
Loans not secured by real estate:
       
       
       
       
       
       
Commercial loans
    273  
    -  
    273  
    87,323  
    87,596  
    -  
Farm loans
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
Consumer loans
    68  
    6  
    74  
    9,758  
    9,832  
    -  
All other loans
    3  
    -  
    3  
    15,174  
    15,177  
    -  
Total loans
  $ 11,297  
    471  
    11,768  
    712,043  
    723,811  
    -  
 
 
A-46
 
 
The following table presents the Bank’s non-accrual loans as of December 31, 2017 and 2016:
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2017
 
 
December 31, 2016
 
Real estate loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction and land development
  $ 14  
    22  
Single-family residential
    1,634  
    1,662  
Single-family residential -
       
       
Banco de la Gente stated income
    1,543  
    1,340  
Commercial
    396  
    669  
   Multifamily and farmland
    12  
    78  
Total real estate loans
    3,599  
    3,771  
 
       
       
Loans not secured by real estate:
       
       
Commercial loans
    100  
    21  
Consumer loans
    12  
    33  
Total
  $ 3,711  
    3,825  
 
At each reporting period, the Bank determines which loans are impaired. Accordingly, the Bank’s impaired loans are reported at their estimated fair value on a non-recurring basis. An allowance for each impaired loan that is collateral-dependent is calculated based on the fair value of its collateral. The fair value of the collateral is based on appraisals performed by REAS, a subsidiary of the Bank. REAS is staffed by certified appraisers that also perform appraisals for other companies. Factors, including the assumptions and techniques utilized by the appraiser, are considered by management. If the recorded investment in the impaired loan exceeds the measure of fair value of the collateral, a valuation allowance is recorded as a component of the allowance for loan losses. An allowance for each impaired loan that is not collateral dependent is calculated based on the present value of projected cash flows. If the recorded investment in the impaired loan exceeds the present value of projected cash flows, a valuation allowance is recorded as a component of the allowance for loan losses. Impaired loans under $250,000 are not individually evaluated for impairment with the exception of the Bank’s troubled debt restructured (“TDR”) loans in the residential mortgage loan portfolio, which are individually evaluated for impairment. Impaired loans collectively evaluated for impairment totaled $4.9 million and $5.9 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Accruing impaired loans were $24.6 million and $23.5 million at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. Interest income recognized on accruing impaired loans was $1.4 million and $1.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. No interest income is recognized on non-accrual impaired loans subsequent to their classification as non-accrual.
 
The following tables present the Bank’s impaired loans as of December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015:
 
December 31, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unpaid
Contractual
Principal
Balance
 
 
Recorded
Investment
With No
Allowance
 
 
Recorded
Investment
With
Allowance
 
 
Recorded
Investment
in Impaired
Loans
 
 
Related
Allowance
 
 
Average
Outstanding
Impaired
Loans
 
 
YTD
Interest
Income
Recognized
 
Real estate loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction and land development
  $ 282  
    -  
    277  
    277  
    6  
    253  
    17  
Single-family residential
    5,226  
    1,135  
    3,686  
    4,821  
    41  
    5,113  
    265  
Single-family residential -
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Banco de la Gente stated income
    17,360  
    -  
    16,805  
    16,805  
    1,149  
    16,867  
    920  
Commercial
    2,761  
    807  
    1,661  
    2,468  
    1  
    3,411  
    148  
Multifamily and farmland
    78  
    -  
    12  
    12  
    -  
    28  
    -  
Total impaired real estate loans
    25,707  
    1,942  
    22,441  
    24,383  
    1,197  
    25,672  
    1,350  
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Loans not secured by real estate:
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Commercial loans
    264  
    100  
    4  
    104  
    -  
    149  
    3  
Consumer loans
    158  
    -  
    154  
    154  
    2  
    194  
    9  
Total impaired loans
  $ 26,129  
    2,042  
    22,599  
    24,641  
    1,199  
    26,015  
    1,362  
 
 
A-47
 
 
December 31, 2016
(Dollars in thousands)
       
       
       
       
       
       
       

 
Unpaid
Contractual
Principal
Balance
 
 
Recorded
Investment
With No
Allowance
 
 
Recorded
Investment
With
Allowance
 
 
Recorded
Investment
in Impaired
Loans
 
 
Related
Allowance
 
 
Average
Outstanding
Impaired
Loans
 
 
YTD
Interest
Income
Recognized
 
Real estate loans:
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Construction and land development
  $ 282  
    -  
    278  
    278  
    11  
    330  
    13  
Single-family residential
    5,354  
    703  
    4,323  
    5,026  
    47  
    7,247  
    164  
Single-family residential -
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Banco de la Gente stated income
    18,611  
    -  
    18,074  
    18,074  
    1,182  
    17,673  
    861  
Commercial
    3,750  
    1,299  
    2,197  
    3,496  
    166  
    4,657  
    152  
Multifamily and farmland
    78  
    -  
    78  
    78  
    -  
    78  
    -  
Total impaired real estate loans
    28,075  
    2,002  
    24,950  
    26,952  
    1,406  
    29,985  
    1,190  
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Loans not secured by real estate:
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Commercial loans
    27  
    -  
    27  
    27  
    -  
    95  
    -  
Consumer loans
    211  
    -  
    202  
    202  
    3  
    222  
    8  
Total impaired loans
  $ 28,313  
    2,002  
    25,179  
    27,181  
    1,409  
    30,302  
    1,198  
 
December 31, 2015
(Dollars in thousands)  
 
 
 Unpaid
Contractual
Principal
Balance
 
 
 Recorded
Investment
With No
Allowance
 
 
 Recorded
Investment
With
Allowance
 
 
 Recorded
Investment
in Impaired
Loans
 
 
 Related
Allowance
 
 
 Average
Outstanding
Impaired
Loans
 
 
 YTD
Interest
Income
Recognized
 
Real estate loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction and land development
  $ 643  
    216  
    226  
    442  
    12  
    705  
    18  
Single-family residential
    8,828  
    1,489  
    6,805  
    8,294  
    189  
    10,852  
    224  
Single-family residential -
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Banco de la Gente stated income
    20,375  
    -  
    19,215  
    19,215  
    1,143  
    18,414  
    921  
Commercial
    4,556  
    -  
    4,893  
    4,893  
    179  
    5,497  
    89  
Multifamily and farmland
    96  
    -  
    83  
    83  
    -  
    93  
    6  
Total impaired real estate loans
    34,498  
    1,705  
    31,222  
    32,927  
    1,523  
    35,561  
    1,258  
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Loans not secured by real estate:
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Commercial loans
    180  
    -  
    161  
    161  
    3  
    132  
    5  
Consumer loans
    286  
    -  
    260  
    260  
    4  
    283  
    11  
Total impaired loans
  $ 34,964  
    1,705  
    31,643  
    33,348  
    1,530  
    35,976  
    1,274  
 
The fair value measurements for mortgage loans held for sale, impaired loans and other real estate on a non-recurring basis at December 31, 2017 and 2016 are presented below. The Company’s valuation methodology is discussed in Note 15.
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair Value
Measurements
December 31, 2017
 
 
Level 1
Valuation
 
 
Level 2
Valuation
 
 
Level 3
Valuation
 
Mortgage loans held for sale
  $ 857  
    -  
    -  
    857  
Impaired loans
  $ 23,442  
    -  
    -  
    23,442  
Other real estate
  $ 118  
    -  
    -  
    118  
 
       
       
       
       
(Dollars in thousands)
       
       
       
       
 

 
Fair Value
Measurements
December 31, 2016
 
 
Level 1
Valuation
 
 
Level 2
Valuation
 
 
Level 3
Valuation
 
Mortgage loans held for sale
  $ 5,709  
    -  
    -  
    5,709  
Impaired loans
  $ 25,772  
    -  
    -  
    25,772  
Other real estate
  $ 283  
    -  
    -  
    283  
 
 
A-48
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair Value
December 31, 2017
 
 
Fair Value
December 31, 2016
 
Valuation
Technique
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
 
 
General Range
of Significant
Unobservable
Input Values
 
Mortgage loans held for sale
  $ 857  
    5,709  
Rate lock
commitment
    N/A  
    N/A  
Impaired loans
  $ 23,442  
    25,772  
Appraised value
and discounted
cash flows
 
Discounts to
reflect current
market conditions
and ultimate
collectability
 
    0 - 25%  
Other real estate
  $ 118  
    283  
Appraised value
 
Discounts to
reflect current
market conditions
and estimated
costs to sell
 
    0 - 25%  
 
Changes in the allowance for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2017 were as follows:
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Real Estate Loans    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction
and Land Development
 
 
Single-
Family
Residential
 
 
Single-
Family
Residential
- Banco de
la Gente
Stated
Income
 
 
Commercial
 
 
Multifamily
and
Farmland
 
 
Commercial
 
 
Farm
 
 
Consumer
and All
Other
 
 
Unallocated
 
 
Total
 
Allowance for loan losses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance
  $ 1,152  
    2,126  
    1,377  
    1,593  
    52  
    675  
    -  
    204  
    371  
    7,550  
Charge-offs
    -  
    (249 )
    -  
    -  
    (66 )
    (194 )
    -  
    (473 )
    -  
    (982 )
Recoveries
    14  
    85  
    -  
    21  
    -  
    31  
    -  
    154  
    -  
    305  
Provision
    (362 )
    (150 )
    (97 )
    (421 )
    86  
    62  
    -  
    270  
    105  
    (507 )
Ending balance
  $ 804  
    1,812  
    1,280  
    1,193  
    72  
    574  
    -  
    155  
    476  
    6,366  
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Ending balance: individually 
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
evaluated for impairment
  $ -  
    -  
    1,093  
    37  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    1,130  
Ending balance: collectively
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
evaluated for impairment
    804  
    1,812  
    187  
    1,156  
    72  
    574  
    -  
    155  
    476  
    5,236  
Ending balance
  $ 804  
    1,812  
    1,280  
    1,193  
    72  
    574  
    -  
    155  
    476  
    6,366  
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Loans:
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Ending balance
  $ 84,987  
    246,703  
    37,249  
    248,637  
    28,937  
    89,022  
    1,204  
    23,025  
    -  
    759,764  
Ending balance: individually
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
evaluated for impairment
  $ 98  
    1,855  
    15,460  
    2,251  
    -  
    100  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    19,764  
Ending balance: collectively
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
evaluated for impairment
  $ 84,889  
    244,848  
    21,789  
    246,386  
    28,937  
    88,922  
    1,204  
    23,025  
    -  
    740,000  
 
Changes in the allowance for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2016 were as follows:
 
 
A-49
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Real Estate Loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction
and Land Development
 
 
Single-
Family
Residential
 
 
Single-
Family
Residential
- Banco de
la Gente
Stated
Income
 
 
Commercial
 
 
Multifamily
and
Farmland
 
 
Commercial
 
 
Farm
 
 
Consumer
and All
Other
 
 
Unallocated
 
 
Total
 
Allowance for loan losses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance
  $ 2,185  
    2,534  
    1,460  
    1,917  
    -  
    842  
    -  
    172  
    479  
    9,589  
Charge-offs
    (7 )
    (275 )
    -  
    (318 )
    -  
    (146 )
    -  
    (492 )
    -  
    (1,238 )
Recoveries
    10  
    55  
    -  
    19  
    -  
    170  
    -  
    151  
    -  
    405  
Provision
    (1,036 )
    (188 )
    (83 )
    (25 )
    52  
    (191 )
    -  
    373  
    (108 )
    (1,206 )
Ending balance
  $ 1,152  
    2,126  
    1,377  
    1,593  
    52  
    675  
    -  
    204  
    371  
    7,550  
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Ending balance: individually
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
evaluated for impairment
  $ -  
    -  
    1,160  
    159  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    1,319  
Ending balance: collectively
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
evaluated for impairment
    1,152  
    2,126  
    217  
    1,434  
    52  
    675  
    -  
    204  
    371  
    6,231  
Ending balance
  $ 1,152  
    2,126  
    1,377  
    1,593  
    52  
    675  
    -  
    204  
    371  
    7,550  
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Loans:
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Ending balance
  $ 61,749  
    240,700  
    40,189  
    247,521  
    21,047  
    87,596  
    -  
    25,009  
    -  
    723,811  
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Ending balance: individually
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
evaluated for impairment
  $ -  
    935  
    16,718  
    3,648  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    21,301  
Ending balance: collectively
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
evaluated for impairment
  $ 61,749  
    239,765  
    23,471  
    243,873  
    21,047  
    87,596  
    -  
    25,009  
    -  
    702,510  
 
Changes in the allowance for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2015 were as follows:
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Real Estate Loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction
and Land Development
 
 
Single-
Family
Residential
 
 
Single-
Family
Residential
- Banco de
la Gente
Stated
Income
 
 
Commercial
 
 
Multifamily
and
Farmland
 
 
Commercial
 
 
Farm
 
 
Consumer
and All
Other
 
 
Unallocated
 
 
Total
 
Allowance for loan losses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance
  $ 2,785  
    2,566  
    1,610  
    1,902  
    7  
    1,098  
    -  
    233  
    881  
    11,082  
Charge-offs
    (198 )
    (618 )
    (117 )
    (329 )
    -  
    (37 )
    -  
    (545 )
    -  
    (1,844 )
Recoveries
    45  
    34  
    22  
    21  
    -  
    101  
    -  
    145  
    -  
    368  
Provision
    (447 )
    552  
    (55 )
    323  
    (7 )
    (320 )
    -  
    339  
    (402 )
    (17 )
Ending balance
  $ 2,185  
    2,534  
    1,460  
    1,917  
    -  
    842  
    -  
    172  
    479  
    9,589  
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Ending balance: individually
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
evaluated for impairment
  $ -  
    96  
    1,115  
    171  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    1,382  
Ending balance: collectively
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
evaluated for impairment
    2,185  
    2,438  
    345  
    1,746  
    -  
    842  
    -  
    172  
    479  
    8,207  
Ending balance
  $ 2,185  
    2,534  
    1,460  
    1,917  
    -  
    842  
    -  
    172  
    479  
    9,589  
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Loans:
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Ending balance
  $ 65,791  
    220,690  
    43,733  
    228,526  
    18,080  
    91,010  
    3  
    21,258  
    -  
    689,091  
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Ending balance: individually
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
evaluated for impairment
  $ 216  
    2,636  
    17,850  
    4,212  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    24,914  
Ending balance: collectively
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
evaluated for impairment
  $ 65,575  
    218,054  
    25,883  
    224,314  
    18,080  
    91,010  
    3  
    21,258  
    -  
    664,177  
 
The Bank utilizes an internal risk grading matrix to assign a risk grade to each of its loans. Loans are graded on a scale of 1 to 8. These risk grades are evaluated on an ongoing basis. A description of the general characteristics of the eight risk grades is as follows:
 
Risk Grade 1 – Excellent Quality: Loans are well above average quality and a minimal amount of credit risk exists. CD or cash secured loans or properly margined actively traded stock or bond secured loans would fall in this grade.
Risk Grade 2 – High Quality: Loans are of good quality with risk levels well within the Company’s range of acceptability. The organization or individual is established with a history of successful performance though somewhat susceptible to economic changes.
Risk Grade 3 – Good Quality: Loans of average quality with risk levels within the Company’s range of acceptability but higher than normal. This may be a new organization or an existing organization in a transitional phase (e.g. expansion, acquisition, market change).

 
A-50
 
 
Risk Grade 4 – Management Attention: These loans have higher risk and servicing needs but still are acceptable. Evidence of marginal performance or deteriorating trends is observed. These are not problem credits presently, but may be in the future if the borrower is unable to change its present course.
Risk Grade 5 – Watch: These loans are currently performing satisfactorily, but there has been some recent past due history on repayment and there are potential weaknesses that may, if not corrected, weaken the asset or inadequately protect the Company’s position at some future date.
Risk Grade 6 – Substandard: A Substandard loan is inadequately protected by the current sound net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or the collateral pledged (if there is any). There is a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. There is a distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.
Risk Grade 7 – Doubtful: Loans classified as Doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in loans classified Substandard, plus the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values highly questionable and improbable. Doubtful is a temporary grade where a loss is expected but is presently not quantified with any degree of accuracy. Once the loss position is determined, the amount is charged off.
Risk Grade 8 – Loss: Loans classified as Loss are considered uncollectable and of such little value that their continuance as bankable assets is not warranted. This classification does not mean that the asset has absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but rather that it is not practical or desirable to defer writing off this worthless loan even though partial recovery may be realized in the future. Loss is a temporary grade until the appropriate authority is obtained to charge the loan off.
 
The following tables present the credit risk profile of each loan type based on internally assigned risk grades as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.
 
December 31, 2017
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
Real Estate Loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction
and Land Development
 
 
Single-
Family
Residential
 
 
Single-
Family
Residential
- Banco de
la Gente
Stated
Income
 
 
Commercial
 
 
Multifamily
and
Farmland
 
 
Commercial
 
 
Farm
 
 
Consumer
 
 
All Other
 
 
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1- Excellent Quality
  $ 152  
    8,590  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    446  
    -  
    791  
    -  
    9,979  
2- High Quality
    20,593  
    120,331  
    -  
    34,360  
    561  
    17,559  
    -  
    3,475  
    2,410  
    199,289  
3- Good Quality
    53,586  
    89,120  
    14,955  
    196,439  
    25,306  
    65,626  
    1,085  
    5,012  
    9,925  
    461,054  
4- Management Attention
    4,313  
    20,648  
    15,113  
    13,727  
    1,912  
    5,051  
    119  
    562  
    802  
    62,247  
5- Watch
    6,060  
    4,796  
    3,357  
    3,671  
    1,146  
    223  
    -  
    23  
    -  
    19,276  
6- Substandard
    283  
    3,218  
    3,824  
    440  
    12  
    117  
    -  
    25  
    -  
    7,919  
7- Doubtful
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
8- Loss
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
Total
  $ 84,987  
    246,703  
    37,249  
    248,637  
    28,937  
    89,022  
    1,204  
    9,888  
    13,137  
    759,764  
 
December 31, 2016
(Dollars in thousands)
 

 
 Real Estate Loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
Construction
and Land Development
 
 
Single-
Family
Residential
 
 
Single-
Family
Residential
- Banco de
la Gente
Stated
Income
 
 
Commercial
 
 
Multifamily
and
Farmland
 
 
Commercial
 
 
Farm
 
 
Consumer
 
 
All Other
 
 
Total
 
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
1- Excellent Quality
  $ -  
    14,996  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    541  
    -  
    959  
    -  
    16,496  
2- High Quality
    9,784  
    109,809  
    -  
    39,769  
    2,884  
    26,006  
    -  
    3,335  
    2,507  
    194,094  
3- Good Quality
    33,633  
    82,147  
    16,703  
    176,109  
    14,529  
    55,155  
    -  
    4,842  
    10,921  
    394,039  
4- Management Attention
    10,892  
    25,219  
    15,580  
    24,753  
    2,355  
    5,586  
    -  
    619  
    1,749  
    86,753  
5- Watch
    7,229  
    4,682  
    3,943  
    4,906  
    1,201  
    246  
    -  
    31  
    -  
    22,238  
6- Substandard
    211  
    3,847  
    3,963  
    1,984  
    78  
    62  
    -  
    42  
    -  
    10,187  
7- Doubtful
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
8- Loss
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    -  
    4  
    -  
    4  
Total
  $ 61,749  
    240,700  
    40,189  
    247,521  
    21,047  
    87,596  
    -  
    9,832  
    15,177  
    723,811  
 
TDR loans modified in 2017, past due TDR loans and non-accrual TDR loans totaled $4.5 million and $5.9 million at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. The terms of these loans have been renegotiated to provide a concession to original terms, including a reduction in principal or interest as a result of
 
 
A-51
 
 
the deteriorating financial position of the borrower. There were $21,000 and $81,000 in performing loans classified as TDR loans at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.
 
The following table presents an analysis of loan modifications during the year ended December 31, 2017:
 
Year ended December 31, 2017
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Number of
Contracts
 
 
Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 
 
Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 
Real estate loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single-family residential
    2  
  $ 22  
    22  
Total TDR loans
    2  
  $ 22  
    22  
 
During the year ended December 31, 2017, two loans were modified that were considered to be new TDR loans. The interest rate was modified on these TDR loans.
 
The following table presents an analysis of loan modifications during the year ended December 31, 2016:
 
Year ended December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Number of
Contracts
 
 
Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 
 
Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 
Real estate loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Single-family residential
    3  
  $ 124  
    121  
Total TDR loans
    3  
  $ 124  
    121  
 
During the year ended December 31, 2016, three loans were modified that were considered to be new TDR loans. The interest rate was modified on these TDR loans.
 
There were no TDR loans with a payment default occurring within 12 months of the restructure date, and the payment default occurring during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. TDR loans are deemed to be in default if they become past due by 90 days or more.
 
(4)          Premises and Equipment
 
Major classifications of premises and equipment at December 31, 2017 and 2016 are summarized as follows:
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Land
  $ 3,700  
    3,670  
Buildings and improvements
    19,312  
    16,398  
Furniture and equipment
    21,115  
    19,996  
Construction in process
    847  
    -  
 
       
       
Total premises and equipment
    44,974  
    40,064  
 
       
       
Less accumulated depreciation
    25,063  
    23,612  
 
       
       
Total net premises and equipment
  $ 19,911  
    16,452  
 
The Company recognized approximately $2.1 million in depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2017. Depreciation expense was approximately $2.1 million and $2.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
 
 
A-52
 
 
(5)         Time Deposits
 
At December 31, 2017, the scheduled maturities of time deposits are as follows:
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2018
  $ 81,684  
2019
    21,064  
2020
    13,343  
2021
    3,903  
2022 and thereafter
    3,107  
 
       
Total
  $ 123,101  
 
At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Bank had approximately $5.2 million and $7.2 million, respectively, in time deposits purchased through third party brokers, including certificates of deposit participated through the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (“CDARS”) on behalf of local customers. CDARS balances totaled $5.2 million and $7.2 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively . The weighted average rate of brokered deposits as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 was 0.07% and 0.05%, respectively.
 
(6)          Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank Borrowings
 
The Bank had no borrowing from the FHLB at December 31, 2017. The Bank had borrowings from the FHLB totaling $20 million at December 31, 2016. FHLB borrowings are collateralized by a blanket assignment on all residential first mortgage loans, home equity lines of credit and loans secured by multi-family real estate that the Bank owns. At December 31, 2017, the carrying value of loans pledged as collateral totaled approximately $137.5 million. The remaining availability under the line of credit with the FHLB was $87.2 million at December 31, 2017.
 
Borrowings from the FHLB outstanding at December 31, 2016 consisted of the following:
 
December 31, 2016
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maturity Date
 
Call Date
 
 
Rate
 
Rate Type
 
Amount
 
October 17, 2018
  N/A
  4.050%  
Adjustable Rate Hybrid
  $ 5,000  
 
       
       
 
       
October 17, 2018
  N/A
  4.065%  
Adjustable Rate Hybrid
    5,000  
 
       
       
 
       
October 17, 2018
  N/A
  4.120%  
Adjustable Rate Hybrid
    5,000  
 
       
       
 
       
May 8, 2018
  N/A
  2.683%  
Adjustable Rate Hybrid
    5,000  
 
       
       
 
  $ 20,000  
 
The Bank is required to purchase and hold certain amounts of FHLB stock in order to obtain FHLB borrowings. No ready market exists for the FHLB stock, and it has no quoted market value. The stock is redeemable at $100 per share subject to certain limitations set by the FHLB. The Bank owned $978,000 and $1.8 million of FHLB stock, included in other investments, at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
 
The Bank prepaid FHLB borrowings totaling $20.0 million in 2017 with prepayment penalties totaling $508,000. The Bank prepaid FHLB borrowings totaling $23.5 million in 2016 with prepayment penalties totaling $1.3 million.
 
As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Bank had no borrowings from the Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”). FRB borrowings are collateralized by a blanket assignment on all qualifying loans that the Bank owns which are not pledged to the FHLB. At December 31, 2017, the carrying value of loans pledged as collateral totaled approximately $408.5 million. Availability under the line of credit with the FRB was $315.2 million at December 31, 2017.
 
 
A-53
 
 
(7)         Junior Subordinated Debentures
 
In June 2006, the Company formed a second wholly owned Delaware statutory trust, PEBK Capital Trust II (“PEBK Trust II”), which issued $20.0 million of guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in the Company’s junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures. All of the common securities of PEBK Trust II are owned by the Company. The proceeds from the issuance of the common securities and the trust preferred securities were used by PEBK Trust II to purchase $20.6 million of junior subordinated debentures of the Company. The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of the junior subordinated debentures were used to repay in December 2006 the trust preferred securities issued in December 2001 by PEBK Capital Trust, a wholly owned Delaware statutory trust of the Company, and for general purposes. The debentures represent the sole assets of PEBK Trust II. PEBK Trust II is not included in the consolidated financial statements.
 
The trust preferred securities issued by PEBK Trust II accrue and pay interest quarterly at a floating rate of three-month LIBOR plus 163 basis points. The Company has guaranteed distributions and other payments due on the trust preferred securities to the extent PEBK Trust II does not have funds with which to make the distributions and other payments. The net combined effect of all the documents entered into in connection with the trust preferred securities is that the Company is liable to make the distributions and other payments required on the trust preferred securities.
 
These trust preferred securities are mandatorily redeemable upon maturity of the debentures on June 28, 2036, or upon earlier redemption as provided in the indenture. The Company has the right to redeem the debentures purchased by PEBK Trust II, in whole or in part, which became effective on June 28, 2011. As specified in the indenture, if the debentures are redeemed prior to maturity, the redemption price will be the principal amount plus any accrued but unpaid interest.
 
(8)          Income Taxes
 
On December 22, 2017, the President of the United States signed into law the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“TCJA”). The TCJA includes a number of changes to existing U.S. tax laws that impact the Company, most notably a reduction of the U.S. corporate income tax rate from 34 percent to 21 percent for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017.
 
The Company recognized the income tax effects of the TCJA in its 2017 financial statements in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, which provides SEC staff guidance for the application of Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") Topic 740, Income Taxes , in the reporting period in which the TCJA was signed into law. As such, the Company’s financial results reflect the income tax effects of the TCJA for which the accounting under ASC Topic 740 is complete and provisional amounts for those specific income tax effects of the TCJA for which the accounting under ASC Topic 740 is incomplete but a reasonable estimate could be determined. The Company did not identify items for which the income tax effects of the TCJA have not been completed and a reasonable estimate could not be determined as of December 31, 2017.
 
The provision for income taxes is summarized as follows:
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
 
2015
 
Current expense
  $ 1,827  
    1,464  
    2,427  
Deferred income tax expense
    2,120  
    1,097  
    673  
Total income tax
  $ 3,947  
    2,561  
    3,100  
 
The differences between the provision for income taxes and the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to earnings before income taxes are as follows:
 
 
A-54
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
 
2015
 
Tax expense at statutory rate (34%)
  $ 4,833  
    3,991  
    4,329  
State income tax, net of federal income tax effect
    307  
    339  
    494  
Tax-exempt interest income
    (1,594 )
    (1,681 )
    (1,682 )
Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance
    (136 )
    (138 )
    (143 )
Nondeductible interest and other expense
    46  
    78  
    103  
Impact of Tax Cuts and Jobs Act
    588  
    -  
    -  
Other
    (97 )
    (28 )
    (1 )
Total
  $ 3,947  
    2,561  
    3,100  
 
The following summarizes the tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities. The net deferred tax asset is included as a component of other assets at December 31, 2017 and 2016.
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
Deferred tax assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan losses
  $ 1,463  
    2,717  
Accrued retirement expense
    1,073  
    1,616  
Other real estate
    -  
    -  
Federal credit carryforward
    88  
    326  
State credit carryforward
    -  
    14  
Restricted stock
    243  
    745  
Accrued bonuses
    171  
    216  
Interest income on nonaccrual loans
    5  
    27  
Other than temporary impairment
    9  
    14  
Other
  -  
    23  
Total gross deferred tax assets
    3,052
    5,698  
 
       
       
Deferred tax liabilities:
       
       
Deferred loan fees
    365  
    797  
Accumulated depreciation
    498  
    532  
Prepaid expenses
    14  
    78  
Other
  28
    23  
Unrealized gain on available for sale securities
    1,072  
    1,807  
Total gross deferred tax liabilities
    1,977
    3,237  
 
       
       
Net deferred tax asset
  $ 1,075  
    2,461  
 
The Company measures deferred tax assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates that will apply in the years in which the temporary differences are expected to be recovered or paid. Accordingly, the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities were remeasured to reflect the reduction in the U.S. corporate income tax rate from 34 percent to 21 percent, resulting in a $588,000 increase in income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2017 and a corresponding $588,000 decrease in net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2017.
 
The Company has analyzed the tax positions taken or expected to be taken in its tax returns and has concluded that it has no liability related to uncertain tax positions.
 
The Company’s income tax filings for years 2014 through 2017 were at year end 2017 open to audit under statutes of limitations by the Internal Revenue Service and the North Carolina Department of Revenue.
 
(9)          Related Party Transactions
 
The Company conducts transactions with its directors and executive officers, including companies in which they have beneficial interests, in the normal course of business. It is the policy of the Company that loan transactions with directors and officers are made on substantially the same terms as those prevailing at the time made for comparable loans to other persons. The following is a summary of activity for related party loans for 2017 and 2016:
 
 
A-55
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
Beginning balance
  $ 4,503  
    5,674  
New loans
    5,879  
    6,048  
Repayments
    (6,703 )
    (7,219 )
Ending balance
  $ 3,679  
    4,503  
 
At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had deposit relationships with related parties of approximately $26.6 million and $27.8 million, respectively.
 
A director of the Company is an officer and partial owner of the construction company that renovated the Bank’s Corporate Center located at 518 West C Street, Newton, North Carolina during 2017. During 2017 the   Company paid a total of approximately $2.6 million to this construction company for such renovation work.  During 2016 the Company paid a total of approximately $209,000 to this construction company for such renovation work.
 
(10)        Commitments and Contingencies
 
The Company leases various office spaces for banking and operational facilities and equipment under operating lease arrangements. Future minimum lease payments required for all operating leases having a remaining term in excess of one year at December 31, 2017 are as follows:
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year ending December 31,
 
 
 
2018
  $ 716  
2019
    697  
2020
    678  
2021
    663  
2022
    369  
Thereafter
    1,739  
Total minimum obligation
  $ 4,862  
 
Total rent expense was approximately $756,000, $752,000 and $702,000 for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
 
The Bank is party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees. Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheet. The contract amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Bank has in particular classes of financial instruments.
 
The exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.
 
In most cases, the Bank requires collateral or other security to support financial instruments with credit risk.
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contractual Amount
 
 
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
Financial instruments whose contract amount represent credit risk:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commitments to extend credit
  $ 233,972  
    195,528  
 
       
       
Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written
  $ 3,325  
    3,728  
 
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates and because they may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amount of $237.3 million does not necessarily represent future cash requirements.
 
 
A-56
 
 
Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Those guarantees are primarily issued to businesses in the Bank’s delineated market area. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The Bank holds real estate, equipment, automobiles and customer deposits as collateral supporting those commitments for which collateral is deemed necessary.
 
In the normal course of business, the Company is a party (both as plaintiff and defendant) to a number of lawsuits. In the opinion of management and counsel, none of these cases should have a material adverse effect on the financial position of the Company.
 
Bancorp and the Bank have employment agreements with certain key employees. The agreements, among other things, include salary, bonus, incentive compensation, and change in control provisions.
 
The Company has $79.5 million available for the purchase of overnight federal funds from six correspondent financial institutions as of December 31, 2017.
 
At December 31, 2017, the Bank has a commitment to invest $3.0 million in an income tax credit partnership owning and developing two multifamily housing developments in Charlotte, North Carolina, with $1.5 million allocated to each property. The Bank has funded $603,000 of this commitment at December 31, 2017.
 
(11)        Employee and Director Benefit Programs
 
The Company has a profit sharing and 401(k) plan for the benefit of substantially all employees subject to certain minimum age and service requirements. Under the 401(k) plan, the Company matched employee contributions to a maximum of 4.00% of annual compensation in 2015, 2016 and 2017. The Company’s contribution pursuant to this formula was approximately $622,000, $565,000 and $539,000 for the years 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Investments of the 401(k) plan are determined by a committee comprised of senior management. No investments in Company stock have been made by the 401(k) plan.  Contributions to the 401(k) plan are vested immediately.
 
In December 2001, the Company initiated a postretirement benefit plan to provide retirement benefits to key officers and its Board of Directors and to provide death benefits for their designated beneficiaries. Under the postretirement benefit plan, the Company purchased life insurance contracts on the lives of the key officers and each director. The increase in cash surrender value of the contracts constitutes the Company’s contribution to the postretirement benefit plan each year. Postretirement benefit plan participants are to be paid annual benefits for a specified number of years commencing upon retirement. Expenses incurred for benefits relating to the postretirement benefit plan were approximately $411,000, $428,000 and $413,000 for the years 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.
 
The Company is currently paying medical benefits for certain retired employees. The Company did not incur any postretirement medical benefits expense in 2017, 2016 and 2015 due to an excess accrual balance.
 
The following table sets forth the change in the accumulated benefit obligation for the Company’s two postretirement benefit plans described above:
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Benefit obligation at beginning of period
  $ 4,174  
    3,993  
Service cost
    348  
    346  
Interest cost
    68  
    67  
Benefits paid
    (229 )
    (232 )
 
       
       
Benefit obligation at end of period
  $ 4,361  
    4,174  
 
The amounts recognized in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 are shown in the following two tables:
 
 
A-57
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Benefit obligation $
    4,361  
    4,174  
Fair value of plan assets
    -  
    -  
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Funded status
  $ (4,361 )
    (4,174 )
Unrecognized prior service cost/benefit
    -  
    -  
Unrecognized net actuarial loss
    -  
    -  
 
       
       
Net amount recognized
  $ (4,361 )
    (4,174 )
 
       
       
Unfunded accrued liability
  $ (4,361 )
    (4,174 )
Intangible assets
    -  
    -  
 
       
       
Net amount recognized
  $ (4,361 )
    (4,174 )
 
Net periodic benefit cost of the Company’s postretirement benefit plans for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 consisted of the following:
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
 
2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Service cost
  $ 348  
    346  
    334  
Interest cost
    68  
    67  
    65  
 
       
       
       
Net periodic cost
  $ 416  
    413  
    399  
 
       
       
       
Weighted average discount rate assumption
       
       
       
used to determine benefit obligation
    5.49 %
    5.47 %
    5.47 %
 
The Company paid benefits under the two postretirement plans totaling $229,000 and $232,000 during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Information about the expected benefit payments for the Company’s two postretirement benefit plans is as follows:
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year ending December 31,
 
 
 
2018
  $ 227  
2019
  $ 304  
2020
  $ 357  
2021
  $ 357  
2022
  $ 346  
Thereafter
  $ 9,005  
 
(12)       Regulatory Matters
 
The Company is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.
 
 
A-58
 
 
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of capital in relation to both on- and off-balance sheet items at various risk weights. Total capital consists of two tiers of capital. Tier 1 capital includes common shareholders’ equity and trust preferred securities less adjustments for intangible assets. Tier 2 capital consists of the allowance for loan losses, up to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets and other adjustments. Management believes, as of December 31, 2017, that the Company and the Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.
 
As of December 31, 2017, the most recent notification from the FDIC categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table below. There have been no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category.
 
In 2013, the Federal Reserve Board approved its final rule on the Basel III capital standards, which implement changes to the regulatory capital framework for banking organizations. The Basel III capital standards, which became effective January 1, 2015, include new risk-based capital and leverage ratios, which are being phased in from 2015 to 2019. The new minimum capital level requirements applicable to the Company and the Bank under the final rules are as follows: (i) a new common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%; (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 6% (increased from 4%); (iii) a total risk based capital ratio of 8% (unchanged from previous rules); and (iv) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4% (unchanged from previous rules). An additional capital conservation buffer was added to the minimum requirements for capital adequacy purposes beginning on January 1, 2016 at 0.625% and is being phased in through 2019 (increasing by 0.625% on each subsequent January 1, until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 2019). This will result in the following minimum ratios beginning in 2019: (i) a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 7.0%, (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5%, and (iii) a total capital ratio of 10.5%. Under the final rules, institutions would be subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases, and paying discretionary bonuses if its capital level falls below the buffer amount. These limitations establish a maximum percentage of eligible retained earnings that could be utilized for such actions.
 
The Company’s and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios are presented below:
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Actual
 
 
For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
 
 
To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amount
 
 
Ratio
 
 
Amount
 
 
Ratio
 
 
Amount
 
 
Ratio
 
As of December 31, 2017:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated
  $ 138,492  
    16.06 %
  79,758
  9.25 %
    N/A  
    N/A  
Bank
  $ 136,299  
    15.83 %
  79,627  
  9.25 %
    86,084  
    10.00 %
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)
       
       
       
       
 
 
 
       
Consolidated
  $ 132,126  
    15.32 %
  62,513
  7.25 %
    N/A  
    N/A  
Bank
  $ 129,933  
    15.09 %
  62,411
  7.25 %
    68,867  
    8.00 %
Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets)
       
       
       
       
 
 
 
       
Consolidated
  $ 132,126  
    11.94 %
    44,255  
    4.00 %
    N/A  
    N/A  
Bank
  $ 129,933  
    11.69 %
    44,475  
    4.00 %
    55,594  
    5.00 %
Common Equity Tier 1 (to Risk-Weighted Assets)
       
       
       
       
 
 
 
       
Consolidated
  $ 112,126  
    13.00 %
  49,579
  5.75 %
    N/A  
    N/A  
Bank
  $ 129,933  
    15.09 %
  49,498  
  5.75 %
    55,954  
    6.50 %
 
 
A-59
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Actual
 
 
For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
 
 
To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amount
 
 
Ratio
 
 
Amount
 
 
Ratio
 
 
Amount
 
 
Ratio
 
As of December 31, 2016:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated
  $ 131,991  
    16.12 %
  70,666
    8.63 %
    N/A  
    N/A  
Bank
  $ 129,035  
    15.78 %
  70,578
    8.63 %
    81,782  
    10.00 %
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)
       
       
       
       
 
 
 
       
Consolidated
  $ 124,441  
    15.20 %
  54,289
    6.63 %
    N/A  
    N/A  
Bank
  $ 121,485  
    14.85 %
  54,222
    6.63 %
    65,426  
    8.00 %
Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets)
       
       
       
       
 
 
 
       
Consolidated
  $ 124,441  
    11.19 %
    44,488  
    4.00 %
    N/A  
    N/A  
Bank
  $ 121,485  
    10.88 %
    44,677  
    4.00 %
    55,846  
    5.00 %
Common Equity Tier 1 (to Risk-Weighted Assets)
       
       
       
       
 
 
 
       
Consolidated
  $ 104,441  
    12.75 %
  42,007
  5.13 %
    N/A  
    N/A  
Bank
  $ 121,485  
    14.85 %
  41,954
  5.13 %
    53,158  
    6.50 %
 
On August 31, 2015, the FDIC and the Commissioner issued a Consent Order (the “Order”) in connection with compliance by the Bank with the Bank Secrecy Act and its implementing regulations (collectively, the “BSA”). The Order was issued pursuant to the consent of the Bank. In consenting to the issuance of the Order, the Bank did not admit or deny any unsafe or unsound banking practices or violations of law or regulation.
 
The Order required the Bank to take certain affirmative actions to comply with its obligations under the BSA, including, without limitation, strengthening its Board of Directors’ oversight of BSA activities; reviewing, enhancing, adopting and implementing a revised BSA compliance program; completing a BSA risk assessment; developing a revised system of internal controls designed to ensure full compliance with the BSA; reviewing and revising customer due diligence and risk assessment processes, policies and procedures; developing, adopting and implementing effective BSA training programs; assessing BSA staffing needs and resources and appointing a qualified BSA officer; establishing an independent BSA testing program; ensuring that all reports required by the BSA are accurately and properly filed and engaging an independent firm to review past account activity to determine whether suspicious activity was properly identified and reported.
 
During the third quarter of 2017 the Bank received notice that the Order was terminated effective August 30, 2017.
 
(13)       Shareholders’ Equity
 
Shareholders’ equity was $116.0 million, or 10.62% of total assets, as of December 31, 2017, compared to $107.4 million, or 9.87% of total assets, as of December 31, 2016. The increase in shareholders’ equity is primarily due to an increase in retained earnings due to net income.
 
Annualized return on average equity for the year ended December 31, 2017 was 8.78% compared to 8.11% for the year ended December 31, 2016. Total cash dividends paid on common stock were $2.6 million and $2.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
 
The Board of Directors, at its discretion, can issue shares of preferred stock up to a maximum of 5,000,000 shares. The Board is authorized to determine the number of shares, voting powers, designations, preferences, limitations and relative rights. The Board of Directors does not currently anticipate issuing any additional series of preferred stock.
 
In 2016, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program, pursuant to which up to $2 million was allocated to repurchase the Company’s common stock. Any purchases under the Company’s stock repurchase program were made periodically as permitted by securities laws and other legal requirements in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. The timing and amount of any repurchase of shares were determined by the Company’s management, based on its evaluation of market conditions and other factors. The Company has repurchased approximately $2.0 million, or 92,738 shares of its common stock, under this program as of December 31, 2017 .
 
 
A-60
 
 
(14)       Other Operating Income and Expense
 
Miscellaneous non-interest income for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 included the following items that exceeded one percent of total revenues at some point during the following three-year period:
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
 
2015
 
Visa debit card income
  $ 3,757  
    3,589  
    3,452  
Net appraisal management fee income
  $ 780  
    886  
    635  
Insurance and brokerage commissions
  $ 761
    632
    714
 
Other non-interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 included the following items that exceeded one percent of total revenues at some point during the following three-year period:
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
 
2015
 
Advertising
  $ 1,195  
    1,136  
    784  
FDIC insurance
  $ 347  
    494  
    681  
Visa debit card expense
  $ 1,248  
    1,140  
    988  
Telephone
  $ 855  
    754  
    588  
Foreclosure/OREO expense
  $ 46  
    120  
    398  
Internet banking expense
  $ 720  
    710  
    671  
FHLB advance prepayment penalty
  $ 508  
    1,260  
    504  
Consulting
  $ 785  
    2,257  
    904  
 
(15)        Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
The Company is required to disclose fair value information about financial instruments, whether or not recognized on the face of the balance sheet, for which it is practicable to estimate that value. The assumptions used in the estimation of the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments are detailed below. Where quoted prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using discounted cash flows and other valuation techniques. The use of discounted cash flows can be significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. The following disclosures should not be considered a surrogate of the liquidation value of the Company, but rather a good faith estimate of the increase or decrease in the value of financial instruments held by the Company since purchase, origination, or issuance.
 
The Company groups assets and liabilities at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value. These levels are:
 
Level 1 – Valuation is based upon quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets.
Level 2 – Valuation is based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market.
Level 3 – Valuation is generated from model-based techniques that use at least one significant assumption not observable in the market. These unobservable assumptions reflect estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Valuation techniques include use of option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
For cash, due from banks and interest-bearing deposits, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value. Cash and cash equivalents are reported in the Level 1 fair value category.
 
Investment Securities Available for Sale
Fair values of investment securities available for sale are determined by obtaining quoted prices on nationally recognized securities exchanges when available. If quoted prices are not available, fair value is determined using matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique used widely in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted securities. Fair values for investment securities with quoted market prices are reported in the Level 1 fair value category. Fair value measurements obtained from independent pricing services are reported in the Level 2 fair value category.
 
 
A-61
 
 
All other fair value measurements are reported in the Level 3 fair value category.
 
Other Investments
For other investments, the carrying value is a reasonable estimate of fair value. Other investments are reported in the Level 3 fair value category.
 
Mortgage Loans Held for Sale
Mortgage loans held for sale are carried at lower of aggregate cost or market value. The cost of mortgage loans held for sale approximates the market value. Mortgage loans held for sale are reported in the Level 3 fair value category.
 
Loans
The fair value of fixed rate loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings. For variable rate loans, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value. Loans are reported in the Level 3 fair value category, as the pricing of loans is more subjective than the pricing of other financial instruments.
 
Cash Surrender Value of Life Insurance
For cash surrender value of life insurance, the carrying value is a reasonable estimate of fair value. Cash surrender value of life insurance is reported in the Level 2 fair value category.
 
Other Real Estate
The fair value of other real estate is based upon independent market prices, appraised values of the collateral or management’s estimation of the value of the collateral. Other real estate is reported in the Level 3 fair value category.
 
Deposits
The fair value of demand deposits, interest-bearing demand deposits and savings is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of certificates of deposit is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities. Deposits are reported in the Level 2 fair value category.
 
Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase
For securities sold under agreements to repurchase, the carrying value is a reasonable estimate of fair value. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are reported in the Level 2 fair value category.
 
FHLB Borrowings
The fair value of FHLB borrowings is estimated based upon discounted future cash flows using a discount rate comparable to the current market rate for such borrowings. FHLB borrowings are reported in the Level 2 fair value category.
 
Junior Subordinated Debentures
Because the Company’s junior subordinated debentures were issued at a floating rate, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value. Junior subordinated debentures are reported in the Level 2 fair value category.
 
Commitments to Extend Credit and Standby Letters of Credit
Commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit are generally short-term and at variable interest rates. Therefore, both the carrying value and estimated fair value associated with these instruments are immaterial.
 
Limitations
Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information and information about the financial instrument. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the Company’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument. Because no market exists for a significant portion of the Company’s financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on many judgments. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.
 
 
A-62
 
 
Fair value estimates are based on existing on and off-balance sheet financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments. Significant assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments include deferred income taxes and premises and equipment. In addition, the tax ramifications related to the realization of unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in the estimates.
 
The fair value presentation for recurring assets is presented in Note 2. There were no recurring liabilities at December 31, 2017 and 2016. The fair value presentation for non-recurring assets is presented in Note 3. There were no non-recurring liabilities at December 31, 2017 and 2016. The carrying amount and estimated fair value of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31, 2017 and 2016 are as follows:
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2017
 
 
 
Carrying
Amount
 
 
Level 1
 
 
Level 2
 
 
Level 3
 
 
Total
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 53,186  
    53,186  
    -  
    -  
    53,186  
Investment securities available for sale
  $ 229,321  
    -  
    229,071  
    250  
    229,321  
Other investments
  $ 1,830  
    -  
    -  
    1,830  
    1,830  
Mortgage loans held for sale
  $ 857  
    -  
    -  
    857  
    857  
Loans, net
  $ 753,398  
    -  
    -  
    735,837  
    735,837  
Cash surrender value of life insurance
  $ 15,552  
    -  
    15,552  
    -  
    15,552  
 
       
       
       
       
       
Liabilities:
       
       
       
       
       
Deposits
  $ 906,952  
    -  
    -  
    894,932  
    894,932  
Securities sold under agreements
       
       
       
       
       
to repurchase
  $ 37,757  
    -  
    37,757  
    -  
    37,757  
Junior subordinated debentures
  $ 20,619  
    -  
    20,619  
    -  
    20,619  
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2016
 
 
 
Carrying
Amount
 
 
Level 1
 
 
Level 2
 
 
Level 3
 
 
Total
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 70,094  
    70,094  
    -  
    -  
    70,094  
Investment securities available for sale
  $ 249,946  
    -  
    249,196  
    750  
    249,946  
Other investments
  $ 2,635  
    -  
    -  
    2,635  
    2,635  
Mortgage loans held for sale
  $ 5,709  
    -  
    -  
    5,709  
    5,709  
Loans, net
  $ 716,261  
    -  
    -  
    720,675  
    720,675  
Cash surrender value of life insurance
  $ 14,952  
    -  
    14,952  
    -  
    14,952  
 
       
       
       
       
       
Liabilities:
       
       
       
       
       
Deposits
  $ 892,918  
    -  
    -  
    884,510  
    884,510  
Securities sold under agreements
       
       
       
       
       
to repurchase
  $ 36,434  
    -  
    36,434  
    -  
    36,434  
FHLB borrowings
  $ 20,000  
    -  
    18,864  
    -  
    18,864  
Junior subordinated debentures
  $ 20,619  
    -  
    20,619  
    -  
    20,619  
 
 
A-63
 
 
(16)       Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. (Parent Company Only) Condensed Financial Statements
 
 
Balance Sheets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2017 and 2016
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash
  $ 428  
    957  
Interest-bearing time deposit
    1,000  
    1,000  
Investment in subsidiaries
    133,781  
    124,471  
Investment in PEBK Capital Trust II
    619  
    619  
Investment securities available for sale
    250  
    750  
Other assets
    546  
    275  
 
       
       
Total assets
  $ 136,624  
    128,072  
 
       
       
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
       
       
 
       
       
Junior subordinated debentures
  $ 20,619  
    20,619  
Liabilities
    30  
    25  
Shareholders' equity
    115,975  
    107,428  
 
       
       
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
  $ 136,624  
    128,072  
 
 
 
Statements of Earnings
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenues:
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
 
2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest and dividend income
  $ 1,839  
    4,569  
    3,979  
Gain on sale of securities
    -  
    405  
    -  
 
       
       
       
Total revenues
    1,839  
    4,974  
    3,979  
 
       
       
       
Expenses:
       
       
       
 
       
       
       
Interest
    590  
    485  
    403  
Other operating expenses
    725  
    513  
    538  
 
       
       
       
Total expenses
    1,315  
    998  
    941  
 
       
       
       
Income before income tax benefit and equity in
       
       
       
undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
    524  
    3,976  
    3,038  
 
       
       
       
Income tax benefit
    434  
    178  
    262  
 
       
       
       
Income before equity in undistributed
       
       
       
earnings of subsidiaries
    958  
    4,154  
    3,300  
 
       
       
       
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
    9,310  
    5,023  
    6,333  
 
       
       
       
Net earnings
  $ 10,268  
    9,177  
    9,633  
 
 
A-64
 
 
 
Statements of Cash Flows
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
 
2015
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net earnings
  $ 10,268  
    9,177  
    9,633  
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net
       
       
       
cash provided by operating activities:
       
       
       
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
    (9,310 )
    (5,023 )
    (6,333 )
Gain on sale of investment securities
    -  
    (405 )
    -  
Change in:
       
       
       
Other assets
    (272 )
    61  
    (4 )
Accrued income
    -  
    -  
    -  
Accrued expense
    5  
    5  
    3  
Other liabilities
    -  
    -  
    -  
 
       
       
       
Net cash provided by operating activities
    691  
    3,815  
    3,299  
 
       
       
       
Cash flows from investing activities:
       
       
       
 
       
       
       
Proceeds from calls and maturities of investment securities
       
       
       
available for sale
    500  
    669  
       
In kind transfer from parent to Bank
    -  
    10  
    -  
 
       
       
       
Net cash provided by investing activities
    500  
    679  
    -  
 
       
       
       
Cash flows from financing activities:
       
       
       
 
       
       
       
Cash dividends paid on common stock
    (2,629 )
    (2,106 )
    (1,574 )
Cash in lieu stock dividend
    (6 )
    -
 
    -  
Stock repurchase
    -  
    (1,984 )
    (1,917 )
Proceeds from exercise of restricted stock units
    915  
    -  
    -  
 
       
       
       
Net cash used by financing activities
    (1,720 )
    (4,090 )
    (3,491 )
 
       
       
       
Net change in cash
    (529 )
    404  
    (192 )
 
       
       
       
Cash at beginning of year
    957  
    553  
    745  
 
       
       
       
Cash at end of year
  $ 428  
    957  
    553  
 
       
       
       
Noncash investing and financing activities:
       
       
       
Change in unrealized gain on investment securities
       
       
       
 available for sale, net
  $ (1 )
    (2,523 )
    57  
 
 
A-65
 
 
(17)        Quarterly Data
 
 
 
   2017
 
 
   2016
 
(Dollars in thousands, except per
share amounts)
 
 First
 
 
 Second
 
 
 Third
 
 
 Fourth
 
 
 First
 
 
 Second
 
 
 Third
 
 
 Fourth
 
Total interest income
  $ 10,064  
    10,461  
    10,698  
    10,726  
  $ 9,905  
    9,815  
    9,982  
    10,107  
Total interest expense
    598  
    622  
    650  
    507  
    809  
    813  
    828  
    821  
Net interest income
    9,466  
    9,839  
    10,048  
    10,219  
    9,096  
    9,002  
    9,154  
    9,286  
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
(Reduction of) provision for loan losses
    (236 )
    49  
    (218 )
    (102 )
    (216 )
    (531 )
    (360 )
    (99 )
Other income
    2,876  
    3,281  
    3,504  
    3,177  
    3,324  
    3,572  
    3,414  
    3,666  
Other expense
    9,795  
    9,335  
    9,351  
    10,169  
    9,492  
    9,109  
    9,598  
    11,783  
Income before income taxes
    2,783  
    3,736  
    4,419  
    3,329  
    3,144  
    3,996  
    3,330  
    1,268  
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Income taxes (benefit)
    578  
    925  
    1,177  
    1,319  
    691  
    1,032  
    872  
    (34 )
Net earnings
    2,205  
    2,811  
    3,242  
    2,010  
    2,453  
    2,964  
    2,458  
    1,302  
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
Basic net earnings per share
  $ 0.36  
    0.47  
    0.54  
    0.34  
  $ 0.41  
    0.49  
    0.41  
    0.22  
Diluted net earnings per share 
  $ 0.36
 
    0.46
 
    0.53
 
    0.34
 
  $ 0.40
 
    0.48
 
    0.40
 
    0.22
 
 
 
 
 
A-66
 
 
 
DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY
 
DIRECTORS
 
Robert C. Abernethy – Chairman
Chairman of the Board, Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. and Peoples Bank;
President, Secretary and Treasurer, Carolina Glove Company, Inc. (glove manufacturer)
Secretary and Assistant Treasurer, Midstate Contractors, Inc. (paving company)
 
James S. Abernethy
Vice President, Carolina Glove Company, Inc. (glove manufacturer)
President and Assistant Secretary, Midstate Contractors, Inc. (paving company)
Vice President, Secretary and Chairman of the Board of Directors, Alexander Railroad Company
 
Douglas S. Howard
Vice President, Secretary and Treasurer, Denver Equipment of Charlotte, Inc.
 
John W. Lineberger, Jr.
President, Lincoln Bonded Warehouse Company (commercial warehousing facility)
 
Gary E. Matthews
President and Director, Matthews Construction Company, Inc. (general contractor)
 
Billy L. Price, Jr. MD
Practitioner of Internal Medicine, BL Price Jr. Medical Consultants, PLLC
 
Larry E. Robinson
Shareholder, Director, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, The Blue Ridge Distributing Co., Inc. (beer and wine distributor)
Director and member of the Board of Directors, United Beverages of North Carolina, LLC (beer distributor)
 
William Gregory (Greg) Terry
President, DFH Holdings
Operator/General Manager, Drum & Willis-Reynolds Funeral Homes and Crematory
 
Dan Ray Timmerman, Sr.
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, Timmerman Manufacturing, Inc. (wrought iron furniture, railings and gates manufacturer)
 
Benjamin I. Zachary
President, Treasurer, General Manager and Director, Alexander Railroad Company
 
 
 
OFFICERS
 
Lance A. Sellers
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
A. Joseph Lampron, Jr.
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Corporate Treasurer and Assistant Corporate Secretary
 
William D. Cable, Sr.
Executive Vice President, Corporate Secretary and Assistant Corporate Treasurer
 
 
 
A-67
 
 
EXHIBIT (21)
 
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
 
A list of subsidiaries is contained in Part I, Item 1 Business, Subsidiaries and is incorporated herein by reference.
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT (23)
 
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
 
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (No. 333-43426 on Form S-3, effective August 10, 2000 and No. 333-46860 on Form S-8, effective September 28, 2000) of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. of our reports dated March 15, 2018, relating to the consolidated financial statements, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc., appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2017.
 
 
/s/ Elliott Davis, PLLC
 
Charlotte, North Carolina
March 15, 2018
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT (31)(i)
 
CERTIFICATIONS
 
 
I, Lance A. Sellers, certify that:
 
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.;
 
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
a)
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
b)
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
c)
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
d)
disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
a)
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
b)
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
 
 
 
 
March 15, 2018                                                         
/s/  Lance A. Sellers
 
Date  
Lance A. Sellers
 
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT (31)(ii)
 
CERTIFICATIONS
 
 
I, A. Joseph Lampron, Jr., certify that:
 
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.;
 
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
a)
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
b)
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
c)
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation ; and
 
d)
disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
a)
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
b)
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
 
March 15, 2018                                                         
/s/ A. Joseph Lampron, Jr.
 
Date
A. Joseph Lampron, Jr.
 
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Principal Accounting Officer)
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT (32)
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. § 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
 
In connection with the Annual Report of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2017, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), each of the undersigned certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best knowledge of the undersigned:
 
 
(1)
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
(2)
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
 
 
March 15, 2018                                                         
/s/ Lance A. Sellers
 
Date  
Lance A. Sellers  
 
 
Chief Executive Officer  
 

 
March 15, 2018                                                         
/s/ A. Joseph Lampron, Jr.
 
Date
A. Joseph Lampron, Jr.
 

Chief Financial Officer